’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
1
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument cluster overview 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
1
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
2
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Instrument cluster
2. Center vents
3. Personal lights or interior light
4. Side vents
5. Rear view mirror remote control levers
6. Glove box
7. Power door lock switches
8. Power window switches
9. Manual transmission gear shift lever or
automatic transmission selector lever
10. Rear console box
11. Cup holder
12. Power rear view mirror control switches
13. Front drive control lever
14. Tilt steering lock release lever
15. Hood lock release lever
16. Window lock switch
Instrument panel overview
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
3
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Headlight and turn signal switch
2. Wiper and washer switches
3. Emergency flasher switch
4. Passenger airbag manual on–off switch
5. Air conditioning controls
6. Car audio
7. Ashtray
8. Cigarette lighter
9. Power outlets
10. Clock
11. Parking brake lever
12. Ignition switch
13. Cruise control switch
14. Rear differential lock switch
15. Instrument panel light control knob
16. Clutch start cancel switch (manual
transmission) or driving pattern selector
button (automatic transmission)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
4
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Engine coolant temperature gauge
2. Tachometer
3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights
4. Speedometer
5. Fuel gauge
6. Trip meter reset knob
7. Odometer and two trip meters
Instrument cluster overview
With tachometer
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
6
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Seat belt reminder light
∗
1
Low engine oil pressure warning light
∗
1
Low fuel level warning light
∗
1
Brake system warning light
∗
1
Discharge warning light
∗
1
Malfunction indicator lamp
∗
1
Anti–lock brake system warning light
∗
1
SRS warning light
∗
1
or
Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning
light
∗
1
Unengaged “Park” warning light
∗
1
Low windshield washer fluid level warning
light
∗
1
Headlight high beam indicator light
Overdrive–off indicator light
Turn signal indicator lights
Driving pattern (POWER mode) indicator light
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
7
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
∗
1
: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” in Section 1–5.
∗
2
: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1–6.
Cruise control indicator light
∗
2
Rear differential lock indicator light
Four–wheel drive indicator light
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
9
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side doors 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power windows 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quarter windows 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailgate 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank cap 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detachable moon roof 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detachable sun shade 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
2
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
10
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
This key works in every lock.
Since the doors can be locked without a
key, you should always carry a spare key
in case you accidentally lock your key
inside the vehicle.
KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend you to write down the key
number and keep it in safe place.
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.
To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.
Vehicles with power door lock system—
All the doors lock and unlock simulta-
neously with either front door. In the driv-
er’s door lock, turning the key once will
unlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-
cession will unlock all the door simulta-
neously.
Keys Side doors
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
11
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH
INSIDE LOCK BUTTON
Move the lock button.
To lock: Push the button downward.
To unlock: Pull the button upward.
Closing the door with the lock button
pushed in will also lock the door. Be care-
ful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.
Vehicles with power door lock system—
The doors cannot be locked if you leave
the key in the ignition switch.
Driver’s side
Passenger’s side
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Push the switch.
To lock: Push the switch on the front side.
To unlock: Push the switch on the rear
side.
All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous-
ly.
All the doors cannot be unlocked with the
power door lock switch by the following
cases:
Either front door is locked by the key.
Either front door is closed with the
inside door lock button pushed in.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
12
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
REAR DOOR CHILD–PROTECTORS
Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”
position as shown on the label.
This feature allows you to lock a rear
door so it can be opened from the outside
only, not from inside. We recommend us-
ing this feature whenever small children
are in the vehicle.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the doors
are closed and locked, especially
when small children are in the ve-
hicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the doors helps
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the ve-
hicle during an accident. It also helps
prevent the doors from being opened
unintentionally.
The windows can be operated with the
switch on each door.
The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
Key off operation: If both front doors are
closed, they work for 43 seconds even
after the ignition switch is turned off. They
stop working when either front door is
opened.
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
Power windows
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
13
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Automatic operation (to open only):
Push the switch completely down and then
release it. The window will fully open. To
stop the window partway, lightly pull the
switch up and then release it.
Window lock
switch
OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’
WINDOWS
Use the switch on each passenger’s
door or the switches on the driver’s
door that control each passenger’s win-
dow.
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows
cannot be operated.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
14
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
Always make sure the heads, hands
and other parts of the bodies of all
occupants are kept completely in-
side the vehicle before you close
the power windows. If someone’s
neck, head or hands gets caught in
a closing window, it could result in
a serious injury. When anyone
closes the power windows, make
sure that he/she operates the win-
dows safely.
When small children are in the ve-
hicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervi-
sion. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unex-
pected use of the switches.
Never leave small children alone in
the vehicle, especially with the igni-
tion key still inserted. They could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unat-
tended children can be involved in
serious accidents.
To open the quarter window, pull the
latch handle toward you and swing it
fully out.
When closing the window, make sure it is
completely closed.
To unlock the rear window, pull the
latch handle toward you.
When closing the window, make sure it is
completely closed.
Quarter windows
(Xtra–cab models)
Rear window
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
15
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To open the tailgate, pull the handle up.
The support cables will hold the tailgate
horizontal.
See “Luggage stowage precautions” in
Section 2 for precautions in loading lug-
gage.
After closing the tailgate, try pulling it to-
ward you to make sure it is securely
locked.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with the tailgate open.
To lower the tailgate fully, release the
support brackets from the lugs as
shown.
NOTICE
Lower the tailgate gently when it is
unhooked.
Make sure the tailgate is securely
caught by the support brackets be-
fore closing the tailgate.
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is securely closed and locked. Other-
wise, the hood may open unexpected-
ly while driving and an accident may
occur.
Tailgate Hood
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
16
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood.
3. Hold the hood open by inserting the
support rod into the slot.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. and return the support rod to its
clip—this prevents rattles. Then lower the
hood and make sure it locks into place.
If necessary, press down gently on the
front edge to lock it.
CAUTION
After inserting the support rod into
the slot, make sure the rod supports
the hood securely from falling down
on to your head or body.
With tachometer
Without tachometer
Fuel tank cap
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
17
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
This indicates that the fuel filler door
is on the left side of your vehicle.
Type A
Type B
1. Type A—
To open the fuel filler door, pull the
door toward out as shown.
Type B—
To open the fuel filler door, insert
the key and turn it counterclockwise.
When refueling, turn off the engine.
CAUTION
Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
low open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.
When opening the cap, do not re-
move the cap quickly. In hot weath-
er, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly re-
moved.
Do not fill a fuel container on a
plastic truck bed liner, a rubber
truck bed mat, or any other insulat-
ing material. A static electricity
charge could cause a spark and fire
hazard. The proper procedure is to
place an approved fuel container on
the ground away from the truck for
filling.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
18
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Type A
Type B
2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap slowly counterclockwise,
then pause slightly before removing
it. After removing the cap, hang it
on the cap hanger (type A) or hook
it on the inside of the fuel filler door
(type B).
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened. When installing,
turn the cap clockwise till you hear a
click.
If the cap is not tightened securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Make sure the cap is tightened se-
curely to prevent fuel spillage in
case of an accident.
Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
cap for replacement. It is designed
to regulate fuel tank pressure.
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
While the vehicle is moving, always
keep the heads, hands and other
parts of the bodies of all occupants
away from the roof opening. Other-
wise, they could be seriously in-
jured if the vehicle stops suddenly
or if the vehicle is involved in an
accident.
Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.
Never attempt to remove the moon
roof panel while driving. Otherwise,
the panel may become a hazard by
falling into or flying off the vehicle.
After installing the moon roof pan-
el, make sure they are firmly se-
cured by pushing up on the under-
side of the panel.
Never put your hands between the
moon roof panel and the surround-
ing roof.
Detachable moon roof—
—Moon roof precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
19
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To tilt up the moon roof, first pull down
on the handle while pushing in one of
the lock buttons. Then push up the
moon roof until it locks.
After tilting up the moon roof, make sure
the handle is securely in place.
When closing the moon roof, slowly pull
down the handle while supporting the roof
with your hand. Close and lock the moon
roof by pushing the handle. Be sure to
use your palm to push the handle. After
closing the moon roof, make sure it is
securely locked.
1. Pull the handle down while pushing
in one of the lock buttons.
2. Push in the retaining spring arms as
shown and push up the moon roof.
—Tilting up and closing —Removing
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
20
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
3. Push back the auxiliary catch to re-
lease it from the hook. Then lift the
moon roof panel and pull it out.
1. Insert the flat hinges of the moon
roof panel into the cutouts on the
body. Then slowly lower it while
holding the roof with your hands.
Make sure both flat hinges are inserted
into the cutouts.
2. Press in the retaining spring arms
and insert them into the holes. Then
push the handle up with the palm of
your hand and lock the roof.
—Installing
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
21
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To remove: Support the sun shade pan-
el with your hand while you unlock the
sun shade by turning the knob counter-
clockwise.
To install: Hang the two hinges of the
sun shade panel onto the hooks pro-
vided. Then push up the sun shade
panel while turning the knob counter-
clockwise.
CAUTION
For safety, do not remove the sun
shade while driving.
Detachable sun shade
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
23
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Seats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and Mirrors
Seats 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing–up jump seats 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding rear seatback 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restraints 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger airbag manual on–off switch 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child restraint 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt steering wheel 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside rear view mirrors 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti–glare inside rear view mirror 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun visors 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
3
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
24
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-
hicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and prop-
erly wear the seat belts provided.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow sitting on top of a
folded–down seatback, or in the
luggage compartment or cargo area.
Persons not properly seated and/or
properly restrained by seat belts
can be severely injured in the event
of emergency braking or a collision.
During driving, do not allow pas-
sengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Severe inju-
ries can occur in the event of emer-
gency braking or a collision.
Adjust the driver’s seat so that the foot
pedals, steering wheel and instrument
panel controls are within easy reach of
the driver.
CAUTION
Adjustments should not be made
while the vehicle is moving, as the
seat may unexpectedly move and
cause the driver to lose control of
the vehicle.
When adjusting the seat, be careful
that the seat does not hit a passen-
ger or luggage.
After adjusting the seat position,
try sliding it forward and backward
to make sure it is locked in posi-
tion.
After adjusting the seatback, push
back your body to make sure it is
locked in position.
Do not put objects under the seats.
The objects may interfere with the
seat–lock mechanism or unexpect-
edly push up the seat position ad-
justing lever; the seat may suddenly
move, causing the driver to lose
control of the vehicle.
While adjusting the seat, do not put
your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. You may catch
and injure your hands or fingers.
Seats
Front seats—
—Seat adjustment precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
25
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Separate and split bench seat Non–split bench seat
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
Pull the lever up. Then slide the seat
to the desired position with slight
body pressure and release the lever.
2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING
LEVER (except bench seat)
Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maxi-
mum protection in a frontal or rear
collision when the driver and the pas-
senger are sitting up straight and
well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. Therefore, in
the event of a frontal collision, the
risk of personal injury may increase
with increasing recline of the seat-
back.
—Adjusting front seats
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
26
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
3. DRIVER’S SEAT CUSHION ANGLE
ADJUSTING KNOB (on some models)
Turn the knob either way.
4. DRIVER’S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT
ADJUSTING SWITCH (on some
models)
Push the control switch either way.
The amount of lumbar support will
change as long as the switch is
pushed.
For easy access to the rear seat, do
this.
1. Lift the seatback angle adjusting lever
or press the pedal behind the seat-
back.
The seat will slide forward.
2. Move the seat to the front–most posi-
tion.
After passengers are in, lift up the seat-
back and return the seat until it locks.
CAUTION
After putting back the seat, try
pushing the seat forward and rear-
ward to make sure it is secured in
place.
Never allow anyone to rest their
foot on the press pedal while the
vehicle is moving.
—Moving passenger’s seat for
rear seat entry
(Xtra–cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
27
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Pull the seatback lock release lever and
fold down the seatback.
Hold the lever until you have swung the
seatback forward slightly.
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, observe the follow-
ing precautions in order to prevent
personal injury in a collision or sud-
den stop:
Make sure the seatback is securely
locked by pushing forward and rear-
ward on the top of the seatback.
Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.
To raise the bottom cushion, pull it up.
To lower the bottom cushion, push it
down.
See “Luggage stowage precautions” in
Section 2 for precautions in loading lug-
gage.
CAUTION
When returning the bottom cushion to
its original position, make sure the
seat belts are not twisted or caught
under the bottom cushion and are ar-
ranged in their proper position and
are ready to use.
—Folding seatback
(regular cab models)
Swing–up jump seats
(Xtra–cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
28
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Pull the seatback lock release belt for-
ward and fold down the seat back.
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, observe the follow-
ing precautions in order to prevent
personal injury in a collision or sud-
den stop:
Make sure the seatback is securely
locked by pushing forward and rear-
ward on the top of the seatback.
Failure to do so will prevent the
seat belt from operating properly.
Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.
You can use the rear seatback tray when
the vehicle is stopped.
CAUTION
To avoid serious injury:
Do not set up the rear seatback
tray while the vehicle is moving.
Do not sit on the folded rear seat-
back tray.
Folding rear seatback (double
cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
29
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
To prevent the seat from damaging,
avoid putting heavy loads on the rear
seatback tray.
Front
Rear (double cab models only)
For your safety and comfort, adjust the
head restraint before driving.
To raise: Pull it up.
To lower: Push it down while pressing the
lock release button.
On some models, you can also move the
head restraint forward or backward. If
such adjustment is desired, pull or push
the head restraint.
The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recom-
mended.
CAUTION
Adjust the center of the head re-
straint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.
After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.
Do not drive with the head re-
straints removed.
Head restraints
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
30
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To use the armrest, do this.
To lower: Pull the lock release strap and
down the armrest.
To raise: Push down the lock release
strap and up the armrest.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest,
avoid putting heavy loads on it.
Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly re-
strained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
Child. Use a child restraint system ap-
propriate for the child until the child be-
comes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
for details.
REGULAR CAB MODELS—
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the seat
and must be restrained using the vehicle’s
seat belt.
XTRA–CAB and DOUBLE CAB MODELS—
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.
If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.
Do not allow the child to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious in-
jury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. It does not provide sufficient
restraint.
Small–framed person or youth in a
3–point type seat belt. On models with
a bench seat, have a small–framed person
or youth sit slightly closer to the center
of the vehicle (so the shoulder belt does
not cross over the neck). On models with
separate seats, move the seat fully back-
ward.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-
ry, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendations
Armrest
Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
31
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious bodily injury or
death in the event of sudden braking
or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:
Use the belt for only one person at
a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.
Avoid reclining the seatbacks too
much. The seat belts provide maxi-
mum protection when the seatbacks
are in the upright position. (Refer
to the seat adjustment instructions.)
Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or side doors.
Inspect the belt system periodically.
Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be re-
placed. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.
Keep the belts clean and dry. If
they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-
ers—they may severely weaken the
belts. (See “Cleaning the interior”
in Section 5.)
Replace the belt assembly (includ-
ing bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.
Adjust the seat as needed (front seats
only) and sit up straight and well back
in the seat. To fasten your belt, pull it
out of the retractor and insert the tab
into the buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.
—Front and rear outside seat
belts
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
32
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-
pletely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This fea-
ture is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” in this section.) To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull
the belt out once more.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.
Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder
anchor—
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.
To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.
After adjustment, make sure the anchor is
locked in position.
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
your shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from your neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Failure to
do so could reduce the amount of
protection in an accident and cause
severe injuries in a collision.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
33
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Take up
slack
Too high
Keep as low on
hips as possible
Adjust the position of the lap and
shoulder belts.
Position the lap belt as low as possible
on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-
just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder
portion upward through the latch plate.
CAUTION
Both high–positioned lap belts and
loose–fitting belts could cause seri-
ous injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended result. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on hips
as possible.
For your safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under your arm.
To release the belt, press the buckle–re-
lease button and allow the belt to re-
tract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it re-
tracts.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
34
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Lengthen
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat. To fasten your belt, insert the tab
into the buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
If the belt is not long enough for you, hold
the tab at a right angle to the belt and
pull on the tab.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.
Too high
Adjust to
a snug fit
Keep as low on hips as possible
Remove excess length of the belt and
adjust the belt position.
To shorten the belt, pull the free end of
the belt.
Position the lap belt as low as possible
on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-
just it to a snug fit.
CAUTION
Both high–positioned and loose–fit-
ting lap belts could cause serious in-
juries due to sliding under the lap
belt during a collision or other unin-
tended result. Keep the lap belt posi-
tioned as low on hips as possible.
—Front and rear center seat
belt
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
35
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To release the belt, press the buckle–re-
lease button.
The buckles can be fixed when not in
use.
When taking out the buckle from the hold-
er, pull on the belt webbing to remove the
buckle from the lower portion.
If your seat belt cannot be fastened se-
curely because it is not long enough, a
personalized seat belt extender is avail-
able from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer so
that the dealer can order the proper re-
quired length for the extender. Bring the
heaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-
er measurement and selection of length.
Additional ordering information is available
at your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following precautions.
Failure to follow these instructions
could result in less effectiveness of
the seat belt restraint system in case
of vehicle accident, increasing the
chance of personal injury.
Never use the seat belt extender if
you can fasten the seat belt without
it.
—Stowing the rear seat
buckles (Xtra–cab models)
—Seat belt extender
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
36
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Remember that the extender pro-
vided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, or for
another person or at a different
seating position than the one origi-
nally intended for.
To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle–release buttons of the ex-
tender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle–release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extend-
er itself.
When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the seat belt extender is not
twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
37
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The driver and front passenger’s seat
belt pretensioners are designed to be
activated in response to a severe fron-
tal impact.
When the airbag sensor detects the shock
of a severe frontal impact, the front seat
belts are quickly drawn back in by the
retractors so that the belts snugly restrain
the front seat occupants.
The front seat belt pretensioners are acti-
vated even with no passenger in the front
seat.
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the front seat belt pretensioners
are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-
blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-
ing wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service reminder indicators and
warning buzzers” in Section 1–5.)
The front seat belt pretensioner system
mainly consists of the following compo-
nents and their locations are shown in the
illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies
4. Airbag sensor assembly
The front seat belt pretensioners are con-
trolled by the airbag sensor assembly. The
airbag sensor assembly consists of a saf-
ing sensor and airbag sensor.
—Front seat belt
pretensioners
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
38
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
When the front seat belt pretensioners are
activated, an operating noise may be
heard and a small amount of smoke–like
gas may be released. This gas is harm-
less and does not indicate that a fire is
occurring.
Once the front seat belt pretensioners
have been activated, the seat belt retrac-
tors remain locked.
CAUTION
Do not modify, remove, strike or open
the front seat belt pretensioner as-
semblies, airbag sensor or surround-
ing area or wiring. Doing any of
these may cause sudden operation of
the front seat belt pretensioners or
disable the system, which could re-
sult in death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious inju-
ries.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
front seat belt pretensioners in some
cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two–way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Repairs on or near the front seat
belt pretensioner assemblies
Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
Modification of the front end struc-
ture
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or con-
sole
This front seat belt pretensioner system
has a service reminder indicator to inform
the driver of operating problems. If any of
the following conditions occurs, this
indicates a malfunction of the airbags or
pretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible to service the
vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion, or the light remains on.
The light comes on or flashes while
driving.
If either front seat belt does not retract
or can not be pulled out due to a
malfunction or activation of the relevant
front seat belt pretensioner.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
39
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The front part of the vehicle (shaded
in the illustration) was involved in an
accident that was not severe enough to
cause the front seat belt pretensioners
to operate.
Either front seat belt pretensioner as-
sembly or surrounding area is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-
aged.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem) airbags are designed to provide
further protection for occupants in the
following seats in addition to the prima-
ry safety protection provided by the
seat belts.
Models with separate front seats—The
SRS airbags are designed to protect
the driver and front passenger.
Models with bench front seats—The
SRS airbags are designed to protect
the driver and right–front passenger.
They are not designed to protect occu-
pant in the center position.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS airbags work together with the
seat belts to help prevent or reduce injury
by inflating. The SRS airbags help to re-
duce injuries mainly to the driver’s or front
passenger’s head or chest directly hitting
the steering wheel or dashboard. When
the passenger airbag manual on–off switch
is in the “ON” position, the front passen-
ger airbag is activated even with no pas-
senger in the front seat.
Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash
sensing and diagnostic module, which will
record the use of the seat belt restraint
system by the driver when the SRS air-
bags are inflated.
SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag
(vehicles with passenger airbag
manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
40
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured. To-
yota strongly recommends that:
The driver sit as far back as pos-
sible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the ve-
hicle.
The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.
All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.
The passenger airbag system is
equipped with a manual on–off switch
and indicator light. Turning the passen-
ger airbag manual on–off switch clock-
wise to the “ON” position makes the
front passenger airbag system opera-
tional. Turning the passenger airbag
manual on–off switch counterclockwise
to the “OFF” position disables the front
passenger airbag system. The indicator
light on the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch will come on when the
front passenger airbag system has been
disabled.
See “Passenger airbag manual on–off
switch” in this section for detail.
CAUTION
Make sure that the indicator light is
off.
Do not turn off the passenger air-
bag manual on–off switch except
when a member of a passenger risk
group identified in TABLE 1 is oc-
cupying the right front passenger
seating position.
When the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch is turned off, the
front passenger airbag will not in-
flate in a collision and turning off
the front passenger airbag can re-
duce the occupant protection which
your vehicle safety systems can
provide to you in certain accidents
and increase the likelihood of seri-
ous personal injuries.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
41
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS airbags are operating
properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-
blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-
ing wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service remainder indicators and
warning buzzers” in Section 1–5.)
TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat because:
Vehicle has no rear seat;
Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear–facing infant seat;
or
The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician,
makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver
can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:
Vehicle has no rear seat:
Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible,
children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space is
available in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or
The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician,
makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can
constantly monitor the child’s condition.
Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to his
or her physician:
Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger: and
Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than the
potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if
belted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.
For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk group, please
contact NHTSA at 1–800–424–9393 or Transport Canada at 1–800–333–0371.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
42
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The SRS airbag system is designed to
activate in response to a severe frontal
impact within the shaded area between
the arrows in the illustration.
The SRS airbags will deploy if the severi-
ty of the impact is above the designed
threshold level, comparable to an approxi-
mate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision when
impacting straight into a fixed barrier that
does not move or deform.
If the severity of the impact is below the
above threshold level, the SRS airbags
may not deploy.
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if it is involved in an underride
collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose
of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,
the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions at the
lower zone of airbag sensor detection and
activation the SRS airbags and seat belt
pretensioners will not operate all together.
For the safety of all occupants, always
wear your seat belts properly.
Collision from the rear
Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover
The SRS airbags are not designed to
inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or
if it is involved in a low–speed frontal
collision.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
43
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard material
Landing hard or vehicle falling
Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole
The SRS airbags may deploy if a seri-
ous impact occurs to the underside of
your vehicle. Some examples are shown
in the illustration.
The SRS airbag system consists mainly of
the following components, and their loca-
tions are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
3. Passenger airbag manual on–off switch
4. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
5. Airbag sensor assembly
6. SRS warning light
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
In a severe frontal impact, the sensors
detect deceleration and the system trig-
gers the airbag inflators. Then a chemical
reaction in the inflators quickly fills the
airbags with non–toxic gas to help restrain
the forward motion of the occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non–toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-
mally harmless; however, for those who
have delicate skin, it may cause a minor
skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any
residue as soon as possible to prevent
any potential skin irritation.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
ries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, dashboard) may be hot for several
minutes, but the airbags themselves will
not be hot. The airbags are designed to
inflate only once.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
44
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
A crash severe enough to inflate the air-
bags may break the windshield as the
vehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas-
senger airbag the windshield may also be
damaged by absorbing some of the force
of the inflating airbag.
CAUTION
The SRS airbag system is designed
only as a supplement to the prima-
ry protection of the driver side and
front passenger side seat belt sys-
tems. The front seat occupants can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move for-
ward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the colli-
sion. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wear-
ing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For in-
structions and precautions concern-
ing the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” in this section.
Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. As to Xtra–
cab models, Toyota recommends
that all infants and children be
placed in the rear seat of the ve-
hicle and properly restrained. The
rear seat is the safest for infants
and children. For instructions con-
cerning the installation of a child
restraint system, see “Child re-
straint” in this section.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
45
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
A member of a passenger risk group
should never sit or be occupied in
the right front passenger seat with
airbag manual on–off switch in the
“ON” position. (For details, see “SRS
driver and front passenger airbags”
in this section.)
CAUTION
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the right front
seat with the passenger airbag
manual on–off switch in the “ON”
position. In the event of an acci-
dent, the force of the rapid inflation
of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem which belongs to a passenger
risk group should never be put on
the right front seat with the passen-
ger airbag manual on–off switch in
the “ON” position, because the
force of the deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child in forward seating position.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint sys-
tem, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
46
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not sit on the edge of the seat
or lean over the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use. The airbags
inflate with considerable speed and
force; you may be killed or serious-
ly injured. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat, and always use
your seat belt properly.
Do not allow a child to stand up,
or to kneel on the front passenger
seat. The airbag inflates with con-
siderable speed and force; the child
may be killed or seriously injured.
Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instruc-
tions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” in this section.
Do not put objects or your pets on
or in front of the dashboard or
steering wheel pad that houses the
airbag system. They might restrict
inflation or cause death or serious
injury as they are projected rear-
ward by the force of deploying air-
bags. Likewise, the driver and front
passenger should not hold things in
their arms or on their knees.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
47
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not modify or remove any wir-
ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, front passen-
ger airbag cover, front passenger
airbag or airbag sensor assembly.
Doing so may cause sudden SRS
airbag inflation or disable the sys-
tem, which could result in death or
serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repairs and modifications.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS airbag system in some cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two–way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
Modification of the front end struc-
ture
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, con-
sole, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag
This SRS airbag system has a service
reminder indicator to inform the driver of
operating problems. If either of the follow-
ing conditions occurs, this indicates a
malfunction of the airbags. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion, or the light remains on.
The light comes on while driving.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
48
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The SRS front airbags have been in-
flated.
The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS airbags to inflate.
The pad section of the steering wheel
or front passenger airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem) airbags are designed to provide
further protection for the driver and
front passenger in addition to the pri-
mary safety protection provided by the
seat belts.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS airbags work together with the
seat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-
ing. The SRS airbags help to reduce inju-
ries mainly to the driver’s or front passen-
ger’s head or chest caused by directly
hitting the steering wheel or dashboard.
The front passenger airbag is activated
even with no passenger in the front seat.
Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.
SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag
(vehicles without passenger airbag
manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
49
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash
sensing and diagnostic module, which will
record the use of the seat belt restraint
system by the driver when the SRS air-
bags are inflated.
CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured. To-
yota strongly recommends that:
The driver sit as far back as pos-
sible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the ve-
hicle.
The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.
All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS airbags are operating
properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-
blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-
ing wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service reminder indicators and
warning buzzers” in Section 1–5.)
The SRS airbag system is designed to
activate in response to a severe frontal
impact within the shaded area between
the arrows in the illustration.
The SRS airbags will deploy if the severi-
ty of the impact is above the designed
threshold level, comparable to an approxi-
mate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision when
impacting straight into a fixed barrier that
does not move or deform.
If the severity of the impact is below the
above threshold level, the SRS airbags
may not deploy.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
50
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if it is involved in an underride
collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose
of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,
the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions at the
lower zone of airbag sensor detection and
activation the SRS airbags and seat belt
pretensioners will not operate all together.
For the safety of all occupants, always
wear your seat belts properly.
Collision from the rear
Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover
The SRS airbags are not designed to
inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or
if it is involved in a low–speed frontal
collision.
Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard material
Landing hard or vehicle falling
Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole
The SRS airbags may deploy if a seri-
ous impact occurs to the underside of
your vehicle. Some examples are shown
in the illustration.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
51
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The SRS airbag system consists mainly of
the following components, and their loca-
tions are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
3. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
4. Airbag sensor assembly
5. SRS warning light
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
In a severe frontal impact, the sensors
detect deceleration and the system trig-
gers the airbag inflators. Then a chemical
reaction in the inflators quickly fills the
airbags with non–toxic gas to help restrain
the forward motion of the occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non–toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-
mally harmless; however, for those who
have delicate skin, it may cause a minor
skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any
residue as soon as possible to prevent
any potential skin irritation.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
ries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, dashboard) may be hot for several
minutes, but the airbags themselves will
not be hot. The airbags are designed to
inflate only once.
A crash severe enough to inflate the air-
bags may break the windshield as the
vehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas-
senger airbag the windshield may also be
damaged by absorbing some of the force
of the inflating airbag.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
52
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
The SRS airbag system is designed
only as a supplement to the prima-
ry protection of the driver side and
front passenger side seat belt sys-
tems. The front seat occupants can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move for-
ward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the colli-
sion. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wear-
ing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For in-
structions and precautions concern-
ing the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” in this section.
Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota
strongly recommends that all in-
fants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and proper-
ly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installa-
tion of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” in this section.
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passen-
ger airbag can cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
53
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Move seat
fully back
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the force of
the deploying front passenger air-
bag could cause death or serious
injury to the child. For instructions
concerning the installation of a
child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” in this section.
Do not sit on the edge of the seat
or lean over the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use. The airbags
inflate with considerable speed and
force; you may be killed or serious-
ly injured. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat, and always use
your seat belt properly.
Do not allow a child to stand up,
or to kneel on the front passenger
seat. The airbag inflates with con-
siderable speed and force; the child
may be killed or seriously injured.
Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instruc-
tions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” in this section.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
54
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not put objects or your pets on
or in front of the dashboard or
steering wheel pad that houses the
airbag system. They might restrict
inflation or cause death or serious
injury as they are projected rear-
ward by the force of deploying air-
bags. Likewise, the driver and front
passenger should not hold things in
their arms or on their knees.
Do not modify or remove any wir-
ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, front passen-
ger airbag cover, front passenger
airbag or airbag sensor assembly.
Doing so may cause sudden SRS
airbag inflation or disable the sys-
tem, which could result in death or
serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can in-
terfere with proper operation of the
SRS airbag system in some cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two–way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
Modification of the front end struc-
ture
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, con-
sole, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
55
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
This SRS airbag system has a service
reminder indicator to inform the driver of
operating problems. If either of the follow-
ing conditions occurs, this indicates a mal-
function of the airbags. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to ser-
vice the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion, or the light remains on.
The light comes on while driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The SRS front airbags have been in-
flated.
The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS airbags to inflate.
The pad section of the steering wheel
or front passenger airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
56
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Indicator light
This on–off switch is designed to dis-
able the front passenger airbag in order
to allow usage, if necessary, of a mem-
ber of a passenger risk group identified
in TABLE 1 is occupying the right front
passenger seating position. (For details,
see “SRS driver and front passenger
airbags” in this section.)
Operate on–off switch as follows:
Insert key into the keyhole and turn it.
To turn front passenger airbag on: Turn
the key clockwise to the “ON” position.
To turn front passenger airbag off: Turn
the key counterclockwise to the “OFF”
position.
The indicator comes on when the front
passenger airbag system is off.
CAUTION
Make sure that the indicator light is
off.
Do not turn off the passenger air-
bag manual on–off switch except
when a member of a passenger risk
group identified in TABLE 1 is oc-
cupying the right front passenger
seating position.
When the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch is turned off, the
front passenger airbag will not in-
flate in a collision and turning off
the front passenger airbag can re-
duce the occupant protection which
your vehicle safety systems can
provide to you in certain accidents
and increase the likelihood of seri-
ous personal injuries.
For details, see “SRS driver and front
passenger airbags” in this section.
Toyota strongly urges the use of child
restraint systems for children small
enough to use them.
The laws of all fifty states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the seat
and must be restrained using the vehicle’s
seat belt. See “Seat belts” for details.
CAUTION
For effective protection in automo-
bile accidents and sudden stops, a
child must be properly restrained,
using a seat belt or child restraint
system depending on the age and
size of the child. Holding a child in
your arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an acci-
dent, the child can be crushed
against the windshield, or between
you and the vehicle’s interior.
Passenger airbag manual
on–off switch
(on some models)
Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
57
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Vehicles with passenger airbag manu-
al on–off switch—
REGULAR CAB MODELS—
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child.
XTRA–CAB MODELS—
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed on the rear seat. Accord-
ing to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.
Never put infant or child age 1 to
12 in a passenger risk group on the
right front seat with the passenger
airbag manual on–off switch in the
“ON” position. In the event of an
accident, the force of the rapid
inflation of the passenger airbag
can cause death or serious injury
to the child.
If you must put infant or child age
1 to 12 in a passenger risk group
on the right front seat, make sure
the passenger airbag manual on–off
switch is in the “OFF” position and
that the indicator light is on. (For
details, see “SRS driver and front
passenger airbags” in this section.)
Make sure that you have complied
with all installation instructions pro-
vided by the child restraint
manufacturer and that the system is
properly secured.
Vehicles without passenger airbag
manual on–off switch—
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed on the rear seat. Accord-
ing to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front seat. In
the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the airbag
can cause death or serious injury if
a rear–facing child restraint system
is installed on the front seat.
Unless it is unavoidable, do not
install a forward–facing child re-
straint system on the front seat.
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the force of
the deploying front passenger air-
bag could cause death or serious
injury to the child.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
58
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Make sure that you have complied
with all installation instructions pro-
vided by the child restraint
manufacturer and that the system is
properly secured.
A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with either the
lap belt or the lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt. You must carefully con-
sult the manufacturer’s instructions
which accompany the child restraint
system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufactur-
er’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer. General directions are also
provided under the following illustrations.
The child restraint system should be
installed on the rear seat if your vehicle
is equipped with rear seats. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than
in the front seat.
CAUTION
Vehicles with passenger airbag manu-
al on–off switch—
Never put infant or child age 1 to
12 in a passenger risk group on the
right front seat with the passenger
airbag manual on–off switch in the
“ON” position. In the event of an
accident, the force of the rapid
inflation of the passenger airbag
can cause death or serious injury
to the child.
If you must put infant or child age
1 to 12 in a passenger risk group
on the right front seat, make sure
the passenger airbag manual on–off
switch is in the “OFF” position and
that the indicator light is on. (For
details, see “SRS driver and front
passenger airbags” in this section.)
After installing the child restraint
system, make sure it is secured in
place according to the manufactur-
er’s instructions. If it is not re-
strained securely, it may cause
death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or
accident.
—Child restraint system
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
59
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Vehicles without passenger airbag
manual on–off switch—
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front seat. In
the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the airbag
can cause death or serious injury if
a rear–facing child restraint system
is installed on the front seat.
Unless it is unavoidable, do not
install a forward–facing child re-
straint system on the front seat.
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the force of
the deploying front passenger air-
bag could cause death or serious
injury to the child.
After installing the child restraint
system, make sure it is secured in
place according to the manufactur-
er’s instructions. If it is not re-
strained securely, it may cause
death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or
accident.
When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it somewhere other than the passenger
compartment. This will prevent it from in-
juring passengers in the event of a sud-
den stop or accident.
Your vehicle has anchors for securing the
top strap of a child restraint system.
For instructions on how to use the anchor
bracket, see “—Using a top strap” in this
section.
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
—Types of child restraint
system
(vehicles with passenger
airbag manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
60
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat is used in rear–facing
position only.
—Installation with 2–point type
seat belt
(vehicles with passenger
airbag manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
61
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
With the child restraint system installed,
check that your driving position is satis-
factory and that the child restraint system
does not interfere with your driving.
If your driving position is not satisfactory,
or the child restraint system interferes
with your driving, install it at another posi-
tion.
Split bench seat—
Adjust the passenger’s seat forward and
rearward travel as well as seatback posi-
tion so that the child restraint system is
securely restrained.
CAUTION
Ignoring the above instructions may
result in a serious injury in case of
an accident.
CAUTION
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passenger
seat with the passenger airbag manu-
al on–off switch in the “ON” position.
In the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or se-
rious injury to the child.
When you put a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passenger
seat, turn the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch counterclockwise to the
“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS
driver and front passenger airbags (ve-
hicles with passenger airbag manual
on–off switch)” in this section.)
The indicator comes on when the system
is off.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
62
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
If you must put a rear–facing child
restraint system on the front passen-
ger seat, make sure the passenger
airbag manual on–off switch is in the
“OFF” position and that the indicator
light is on.
1. Run the center lap belt through or
around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufactur-
er and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the lap belt.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint seat until the
seat belt is fixed.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
63
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
tighten the lap belt by pulling its free
end to hold the infant seat securely.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
3. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle–release button.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
64
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward–
facing and rear–facing position depend-
ing on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s
instructions about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing a child restraint system.
With the child restraint system installed,
check that your driving position is satis-
factory and that the child restraint system
does not interfere with your driving.
If your driving position is not satisfactory,
or the child restraint system interferes
with your driving, install it at another posi-
tion.
Split bench seat—
Adjust the passenger seat forward and
rearward travel as well as seatback posi-
tion so that the child restraint system is
securely restrained.
CAUTION
Ignoring the above instructions may
result in a serious injury in case of
an accident.
CAUTION
Rear–facing child restraint system:
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passenger
seat with the passenger airbag manu-
al on–off switch in the “ON” position.
In the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or se-
rious injury to the child.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
65
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
When you put a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passenger
seat, turn the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch counterclockwise to the
“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS
driver and front passenger airbags” in
this section.)
The indicator comes on when the system
is off.
CAUTION
If you must put a rear–facing child
restraint system on the front passen-
ger seat, make sure the passenger
airbag manual on–off switch is in the
“OFF” position and that the indicator
light is on.
CAUTION
Forward–facing child restraint system:
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem should never be put on the front
passenger seat with the passenger
airbag manual on–off switch in the
“ON” position, because the force of
the deploying airbag could cause
death or serious injury to the child in
forward seating position.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
66
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Run the center lap belt through or
around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
lap belt.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint seat until the
seat belt is fixed.
2. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling
its free end to hold the convertible seat
securely.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
67
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
3. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle–release button.
WHEN INSTALLING ON THE REAR SEAT
(Xtra–cab models):
Raise the bottom cushion before instal-
ling the child restraint system.
If your child restraint system is too large,
you can use the folding table as an auxil-
iary support. For instructions about how to
stand the table, see “Rear cup holder
(Xtra–cab models)” in Section 1–9.
—Installation with 3–point type
seat belt
(vehicles with passenger
airbag manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
68
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat is used in rear–facing
position only.
CAUTION
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the right front seat
with the passenger airbag manual on–
off switch in the “ON” position. In
the event of an accident, the force of
the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or se-
rious injury to the child.
When you put a rear–facing child re-
straint system which belongs to a pas-
senger risk group on the right front
seat, turn the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch counterclockwise to the
“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS
driver and front passenger airbags” in
this section.)
The indicator comes on when the system
is off.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
69
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
If you must put a rear–facing child
restraint system on the right front
seat, make sure the front passenger
airbag manual on–off switch is in the
“OFF” position and that the indicator
light is on.
CAUTION
Do not install a rear–facing child
restraint system on the rear seat if
the child restraint system interferes
with the front seat lock mechanism
or with your proper driving posi-
tion. This can cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden brak-
ing or a collision.
If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child re-
straint system at another position.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufactur-
er and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
70
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint seat until the
seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
let the shoulder belt retract as far as
it will go to hold the infant seat secure-
ly.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
71
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle–release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward–
facing and rear–facing position depend-
ing on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s
instruction about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing a child restraint system.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
72
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Rear–facing child restraint system:
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the right front seat
with the passenger airbag manual on–
off switch in the “ON” position. In
the event of an accident, the force of
the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or se-
rious injury to the child.
When you put a rear–facing child re-
straint system which belongs to a pas-
senger risk group on the right front
seat, turn the passenger airbag manual
on–off switch counterclockwise to the
“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS
driver and front passenger airbags” in
this section.)
The indicator comes on when the system
is off.
CAUTION
If you must put a rear–facing child
restraint system on the right front
seat, make sure the passenger airbag
manual on–off switch is in the “OFF”
position and that the indicator light is
on.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
73
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Forward–facing child restraint system:
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem which belongs to a passenger
risk group should never be put on
the right front seat with the passen-
ger airbag manual on–off switch in
the “ON” position, because the force
of the deploying airbag could cause
death or serious injury to the child in
forward seating position. (For details,
see “SRS driver and front passenger
airbags” in this section.)
CAUTION
Do not install a rear–facing child
restraint system on the rear seat if
the child restraint system interferes
with the front seat lock mechanism
or with your proper driving posi-
tion. This can cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden brak-
ing or a collision.
If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child re-
straint system at another position.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
74
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint seat until the
seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted slightly, it cannot be ex-
tended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convert-
ible seat securely.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
75
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle–release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat is used in forward–fac-
ing position only.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
76
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem which belongs to a passenger
risk group should never be put on
the right front seat with the passen-
ger airbag manual on–off switch in
the “ON” position, because the force
of the deploying airbag could cause
death or serious injury to the child in
forward seating position. (For details,
see “SRS driver and front passenger
airbags” in this section.)
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and child fol-
lowing the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly
across the child’s shoulder and that the
lap belt is positioned as low as possible
on child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for de-
tails.
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder. Fail-
ure to do so could reduce the
amount of protection in an accident
and cause serious injuries in a col-
lision.
Both high–positioned lap belts and
loose–fitting belts could cause seri-
ous injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended result. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on a
child’s hips as possible.
For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
77
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
2. To remove the child restraint system,
press the buckle–release button and al-
low the belt to retract.
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
—Types of child restraint system
(vehicles without passenger
airbag manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
78
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat is used in rear–facing
position only.
—Installation with 2–point type seat
belt (vehicles without passenger
airbag manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
79
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Do not put a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the rear seat if it
interferes with the lock mechanism of
the front seats. This can cause death
or serious injury to the child and
front passenger in case of sudden
braking or a collision.
1. Run the center lap belt through or
around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufactur-
er and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the lap belt.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
80
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
tighten the lap belt by pulling its free
end to hold the infant seat securely.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
3. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle–release button.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
81
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward–
facing and rear–facing position depend-
ing on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s
instructions about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as direction for
installing of a child restraint system.
CAUTION
Do not put a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the rear seat if it
interferes with the lock mechanism of
the front seats. This can cause death
or serious injury to the child and
front passenger in case of sudden
braking or a collision.
1. Run the center lap belt through or
around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
lap belt.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
82
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
2. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling
its free end to hold the convertible seat
securely.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
83
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
3. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle–release button.
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat is used in rear–facing
position only.
CAUTION
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passen-
ger airbag can cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child.
—Installation with 3–point type seat
belt (vehicles without passenger
airbag manual on–off switch)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
84
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not put a rear–facing child re-
straint system in the rear seat if it
interferes with the lock mechanism
of the front seats. This can cause
death or serious injury to the child
and front passenger in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufactur-
er and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
85
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
let the shoulder belt retract as far as
it will go to hold the infant seat secure-
ly.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
86
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle–release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward–
facing and rear–facing position depend-
ing on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s in-
structions about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing a child restraint system.
CAUTION
Never install a rear–facing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passen-
ger airbag can cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
87
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Move seat
fully back
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front seat only
when it is unavoidable. Always
move the seat as far back as pos-
sible, because the force of the de-
ploying airbag could cause death or
serious injury to the child.
Do not put a rear–facing child re-
straint system in the rear seat if it
interferes with the lock mechanism
of the front seats. This can cause
death or serious injury to the child
and front passenger in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
88
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted slightly, it cannot be ex-
tended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convert-
ible seat securely.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
89
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle–release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat is used in forward–fac-
ing position only.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
90
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Move seat
fully back
CAUTION
A forward–facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of the deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and child fol-
lowing the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly
across the child’s shoulder and that the
lap belt is positioned as low as possible
on child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for de-
tails.
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder. Fail-
ure to do so could reduce the
amount of protection in an accident
and cause serious injuries in a col-
lision.
Both high–positioned lap belts and
loose–fitting belts could cause seri-
ous injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended result. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on a
child’s hips as possible.
For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
91
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
2. To remove the child restraint system,
press the buckle–release button and al-
low the belt to retract.
Regular cab with bench seat
Regular cab with separate seat
—Using a top strap
(regular
and double cab
models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
92
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Double cab with rear seat
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Anchor
brackets
Regular cab with bench seat
Anchor
bracket
Regular cab with separate seat
Anchor
brackets
Double cab with rear seat
Use the anchor bracket on the back panel
to attach the top strap.
Regular cab models—
Anchor brackets are installed for (each)
passenger seating position.
Double cab models—
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seating position.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
93
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
Regular cab with bench seat—
1. Pull the seatback release lever and
swing the seatback forward slightly,
then latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket.
Return the seatback to its original
position.
2. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt and tighten the top
strap.
For instructions on installing the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to its
original position, make sure the
seatback is securely locked by
pushing forward and rearward on
the top of the seatback.
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child
restraint system is secure by push-
ing and pulling it in different direc-
tions. Follow all the installation in-
structions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
94
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Regular cab with separate seat—
1. Remove the passenger head re-
straint.
2. Pull the seatback release lever and
swing the seatback forward slightly,
then latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket.
Return the seatback to upright posi-
tion.
3. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt and tighten the top
strap.
Replace the passenger head re-
straint.
For instructions on installing the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
95
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to its
original position, make sure the
seatback is securely locked by
pushing forward and rearward on
the top of the seatback.
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child
restraint system is secure by push-
ing and pulling it in different direc-
tions. Follow all the installation in-
structions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Double cab with rear seat—
1. Remove the head restraint (outside
position only).
2. Pull the seatback release lever and
swing the seatback forward slightly,
then latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket.
Return the seatback to upright posi-
tion.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
96
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
3. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt and tighten the top
strap.
Replace the head restraint (outside
position only).
For instructions on installing the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to its
original position, make sure the
seatback is securely locked by
pushing forward and rearward on
the top of the seatback.
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child
restraint system is secure by push-
ing and pulling it in different direc-
tions. Follow all the installation in-
structions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Front outside position
Front center position
—Using a top strap
(Xtra–cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
97
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Rear outside position
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Routing
device
Upper
anchor bracket
Lower anchor
bracket
Symbol mark
Use the routing device and the anchor
bracket to attach the top strap.
Upper anchor bracket is installed for
right–front passenger’s seating position,
lower anchor bracket is installed for front
center seating position (with split bench
seat) or right–rear seating position.
This symbol indicates the locations of
user ready anchor bracket.
Symbol mark
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
Front outside position—
1. Remove the passenger head re-
straint.
Lightly push down on the top sur-
face of the anchor bracket cover
with the symbol mark shown in the
illustration, then pull it forward to
remove.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
98
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket on the back panel and tight-
en the top strap.
For instructions on installing the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child re-
straint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
3. Replace the head restraint.
Store the removed cover in a safe place
such as the glove box.
Be sure to replace the cover when the
anchor bracket is not in use.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
99
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Front center position—
Fix the child restraint system with the
seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the rear lower an-
chor bracket and tighten the top strap.
For instructions on installing the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child re-
straint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
Symbol mark
Rear outside position—
1. Lightly push down on the top sur-
face of the anchor bracket cover
with the symbol mark shown in the
illustration, then pull it forward to
remove.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
100
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Routing
device
2. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Route the top strap through the
routing device as shown in the il-
lustration.
For instructions on installing the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is not
twisted.
3. Latch the hook onto the rear lower
anchor bracket and tighten the top
strap.
Store the removed cover in a safe place
such as the glove box.
Be sure to replace the cover when the
anchor bracket is not in use.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child re-
straint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
101
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To change the steering wheel angle:
Hold the steering wheel, pull the lock
release lever toward you, tilt the steer-
ing wheel to the desired angle and re-
lease the lever.
When the steering wheel is in a low posi-
tion, it will spring up as you release the
lock release lever.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while the vehicle is moving. It may
cause the driver to mishandle the
vehicle and an accident may occur
resulting in death or serious inju-
ries.
After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the side of your vehicle in the mir-
ror.
Be careful when judging the size or dis-
tance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side.
It is a convex mirror with a curved sur-
face. Any object seen in a convex mirror
will look smaller and farther away than
when seen in a flat mirror.
Tilt steering wheel Outside rear view mirrors—
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
102
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
death or serious injuries.
To adjust the rear view mirror, simply
operate the control lever.
NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mir-
ror face. Use a spray de–icer to free
the mirror.
Type A
Type B
—Rear view mirror remote
control
—Power rear view mirror
control
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
103
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direc-
tion.
Mirror can be adjusted when key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.
NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mir-
ror face. Use a spray de–icer to free
the mirror.
The rear view mirrors can be folded
backward for parking in restricted
areas.
To fold the rear view mirror, push back-
ward.
CAUTION
Do not drive with the mirrors folded
backward. Both the driver and pas-
senger side rear view mirrors must
be extended and properly adjusted
before driving.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-
ror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.
—Folding rear view mirrors
(with power rear view mirror
control)
Anti–glare inside rear view
mirror
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
104
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
death or serious injuries.
To block out glare, move the sun visor.
To block out glare from the front—Swing
down the sun visor (position 1).
To block out glare from the side—Swing
down the sun visor, remove it from the
hook and swing it to the lateral side (posi-
tion 2).
If glare comes from obliquely behind you,
extend the plate at the end of the visor
(position 3).
CAUTION
Do not extend the plate at the end of
the sun visor when the visor is in the
position 1. It can cover the anti–glare
inside rear view mirror and obstruct
the rear view.
Sun visors
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
105
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights and Wipers
Headlights and turn signals 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior lights 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personal lights 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
4
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
106
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate and
instrument panel lights
Position 2—Headlights and all of the
above
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
turned off. To turn the lights on again, turn
the key to the “ON” position or turn the
headlight switch off, then on again. The
lights also automatically turn off if they
are left on for 30 minutes with the ignition
switch off. If you are going to park for
over one week, make sure the headlight
switch is off.
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.
Daytime running light system (all mod-
els in Canada and some models in the
U.S.A.)
The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-
ty when the parking brake is released with
the engine started, even with the light
switch in the “OFF” position. They will not
go off until the ignition switch is turned
off.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
to full intensity for driving at night.
Headlights and turn signals
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
107
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
High–Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-
ward you (position 2) for low beams.
The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.
Flashing the high beam headlights
(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way
back. The high beam headlights turn off
when you release the lever.
You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.
TURN SIGNALS
To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.
To turn on the emergency flashers,
push the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as pos-
sible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operat-
ing.
Emergency flashers
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
108
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the en-
gine is not running.
To adjust the brightness of the instru-
ment panel lights, turn the knob.
Front light (regular cab models)
Rear light
(Xtra–cab and double cab models)
Instrument panel light control Interior lights
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
109
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To turn on the interior light, slide the
switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the doors are opened. The light goes off
when all the doors are closed.
Vehicles without the power door lock sys-
tem—
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, the light will automatically turn
off if the door is left open for 30 minutes
with the switch at the “DOOR” position.
Vehicles with the power door lock sys-
tem—
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, the light will automatically turn
off after 30 minutes in the following cases.
The light is left at the “ON” position.
The door is left open with the switch
at the “DOOR” position.
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
With the switch at the “DOOR” position,
the light comes on when any door is
opened. After all the doors are closed, the
light remains on for about 15 seconds and
then goes out.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes out immediately:
All the doors are closed when the igni-
tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-
tion.
All the doors are closed and locked.
(with power door lock system models
only)
Vehicles with the power door lock sys-
tem—
When any door is unlocked or the key is
removed, the light comes on for 15 sec-
onds, even if the door is not opened.
The personal lights operate separately
with each outer switch.
To turn on the light, push the switch on
your side. To turn the light off, push the
switch once again.
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, the light will automatically turn
off after 30 minutes.
Personal lights
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
110
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position Speed setting
Position 1 Intermittent
Position 2 Slow
Position 3 Fast
The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust the
wiping time interval when the wiper lever
is in the intermittent position (position 1).
Twist the band upward to increase the
time between sweeps, and downward to
decrease it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you and release it.
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the wind-
shield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position Speed setting
Position 1 Slow
Position 2 Fast
For a single sweep of the windshield,
push the lever up and release it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you and release it.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.
Windshield wipers and washer
(intermittent type)
Windshield wipers and washer
(mist type)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
111
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the wind-
shield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
113
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer and two trip meters 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
5
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
114
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
With tachometer
Without tachometer
The gauge works when the ignition
switch is on and indicates the approxi-
mate quantity of fuel remaining in the
tank.
Nearly full—Needle at “F”
Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
This fuel gauge has a non–return type
needle which remains at the last indicated
position when the ignition switch is turned
off.
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the move-
ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
With tachometer
Without tachometer
Fuel gauge
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
115
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
If the needle moves into the red zone,
your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:
Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.
Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stop–and–go traffic.
Towing a trailer.
NOTICE
Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to con-
trol the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your ve-
hicle overheats” in Section 4.
The tachometer indicates engine speed
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per
minute). Use it while driving to select
correct shift points and to prevent en-
gine lugging and over–revving.
Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.
NOTICE
Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.
Tachometer
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
116
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters.
1. Odometer—Shows the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the elec-
trical power source is disconnected.
3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the knob. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-
play the meter A reading, then push
and hold the knob until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.
(d) Stop and check.
(a) If parking brake is
off, stop
immediately and
contact Toyota
dealer.
(b) Fasten seat belt.
(c) Stop and check.
(e) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer.
(indicator and buzzer)
If the indicator or
buzzer comes on...
Do this.
Odometer and two trip meters
Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
117
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(h) Take vehicle to
Toyota
dealer
immediately.
(g) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer.
(i) Shift front drive
control lever out of
“N”.
If the indicator or
buzzer comes on...
Do this.
or
(f) Fill up tank.
If the indicator or
buzzer comes on...
(l) Remove key.Key reminder
buzzer
Do this.
(j) Stop and check.
(k) Add washer fluid.
(a) Brake System Warning Light
This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-
tion.
When the parking brake is applied...
When the brake fluid level is low...
CAUTION
It is dangerous to continue driving
normally when the brake fluid level is
low.
Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following case:
The light does not come on even if the
parking brake is applied when the igni-
tion key is in the “ON” position.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
118
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
If the light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, immedi-
ately stop your vehicle at a safe
place and contact your Toyota dealer.
In this case, the brakes may not work
properly and your stopping distance
will become longer. Depress the brake
pedal firmly and bring the vehicle to
an immediate stop.
(b) Seat Belt Reminder Light and Buzz-
er
This light and buzzer remind you to
buckle up the driver’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes and
buzzer comes on if the driver’s seat belt
is not fastened. Unless the driver fastens
the belt, the light stays on and the buzzer
sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Discharge Warning Light
This light warns that the battery is being
discharged.
If it comes on while you are driving, there
is a problem somewhere in the charging
system.
The engine ignition will continue to oper-
ate, however, until the battery is dis-
charged. Turn off the air conditioning,
blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to
the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.
NOTICE
Do not continue driving if the engine
drive belt is broken or loose.
(d) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This light warns that the engine oil pres-
sure is too low.
If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.
The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.
NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.
(e) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position and
goes off after the engine starts. This
means that the warning light system is
operating properly.
If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
comes on while driving, first check the
followings.
Empty fuel tank
If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-
ately.
Loose fuel tank cap
If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
tighten it.
These cases are temporary malfunctions.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips.
If the lamp will not go off even after the
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
119
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel
tank cap is not loose...
There is a problem somewhere in the
engine, emission control system, auto-
matic transmission electrical system or
warning light system itself.
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) programs
Your vehicle may not pass a state
emission inspection if the malfunction
indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s
emission control system and OBD
(On–Board Diagnostics) system before
taking your vehicle for the inspection.
For details, see “Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.
(f) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the move-
ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
(g) “ABS” Warning Light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. There-
after, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti–lock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates con-
ventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti–lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the parts monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion, or the light remains on.
The light comes on while you are driv-
ing.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
With rear differential lock: However, it is
a normal operation for the light to be on
with rear differential locked. At this time,
the anti–lock brake system does not oper-
ate.
(h) SRS Warning Light
This light will come on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ON” position.
After about 6 seconds, the light will go
off. This means the system of the air-
bag and front seat belt pretensioners
are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-
blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-
ing wiring and power sources.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion or remains on.
The light comes on or flashes while
driving.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
120
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(i) Unengaged “Park” Warning Light
(vehicles with automatic transmis-
sion)
This light warns that the transmission
“Park” mechanism is not engaged. If the
front drive control lever is in the “N” posi-
tion while the selector lever is in the “P”
position, the transmission will disengage
and the wheels will not lock.
CAUTION
To restore the park function, shift the
front drive control lever out of “N”,
or the vehicle can move.
(j) Automatic Transmission Fluid Tem-
perature Warning Light
This light warns that the automatic trans-
mission fluid temperature is too high.
If this light comes on while you are driv-
ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stop
the vehicle at a safe place and put the
selector lever in “P”. With the engine id-
ling, wait until the light goes off. If the
light goes off, you may start the vehicle
again. If the light does not go off, call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
(k) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light (on some models)
The light warns that the windshield washer
fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at
your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.)
(l) Key Reminder Buzzer
This buzzer reminds you to remove the
key when you open the driver’s door with
the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”
position.
CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light and low windshield
washer fluid level warning light)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators
should come on. The “ABS” warning
light goes off after a few seconds. The
SRS warning light goes off after about
6 seconds.
If any service reminder indicator or warn-
ing buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
121
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch with steering lock 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic transmission 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual transmission 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four–wheel drive system 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear differential lock system 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch start cancel switch 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
6
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
122
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see Section 3.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.
If you leave the key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.
“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be re-
moved only at this position.
Vehicles with manual transmission—
You must push in the key to turn the key
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with automatic transmission—
You must shift the selector lever into the
“P” position before turning the key from
“ACC” to the “LOCK” position.
When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
CAUTION
For manual transmission:
Never remove the key when the ve-
hicle is moving, as this will lock the
steering wheel and result in loss of
steering control.
NOTICE
Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.
Ignition switch with steering
lock
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
123
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the lock re-
lease button depressed).
(a) Selector lever
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking
Automatic transmission
Overdrive
switch
Selector lever
Lock release button
With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while holding the lock
release button in. (The ignition
switch must be in “ON” position.)
Shift while holding the
lock release button in.
Shift normally.
To prevent misshifting
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
124
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-
drive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the over-
drive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the over-
drive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will be on automatically.
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this section.
(c) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
When the front drive control lever is in
“L4” (low–speed position, four–wheel
drive), the driving pattern selector setting
has no effect on gear shift timing. (See
“Four–wheel drive system” in this section
for information of the front drive control
lever.)
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running condi-
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-
ing, hard towing, etc.
Always turn the overdrive switch on for
better fuel economy and quieter driving. If
the engine coolant temperature is low or
when the front drive control lever is in
“L4” (low–speed position, four–wheel
drive), the transmission will not shift into
the overdrive gear even with the overdrive
on. (See “Four–wheel drive system” in this
section for information of the front drive
control lever.)
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(d) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D
OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to third
gear.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
125
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Shift into the “2” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
stronger engine braking will be en-
abled.
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
2RZ–FE engine
105 km/h (65 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four–wheel drive models and Pre Run-
ner
Front drive control lever in “H2” and
“H4”
3RZ–FE engine
106 km/h (66 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
114 km/h (71 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front drive control lever in “L4”
3RZ–FE engine
36 km/h (22 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
38 km/h (24 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shift into the “L” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
maximum engine braking will be en-
abled.
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
2RZ–FE engine
55 km/h (34 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four–wheel drive models and Pre Run-
ner
Front drive control lever in “H2” and
“H4”
3RZ–FE engine
51 km/h (32 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
55 km/h (34 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front drive control lever in “L4”
3RZ–FE engine
9km/h (6mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
10 km/h (6 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this section.
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
(e) Using “2” and “L” positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described pre-
viously.
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in first gear and automatically
shift to the second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-
mission is engaged in first gear.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
126
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
Be careful not to over–rev the en-
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum al-
lowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
2RZ–FE engine
“2” 122 km/h (75 mph). . . . . . .
“L” 64 km/h (39 mph). . . . . . . .
Four–wheel drive models
Front drive control lever in “H2” or
“H4”—
3RZ–FE engine
“2” 113 km/h (70 mph). . . . . . .
“L” 62 km/h (38 mph). . . . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
“2” 119 km/h (73 mph). . . . . . .
“L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . .
Front drive control lever in “L4”—
3RZ–FE engine
“2” 44 km/h (27 mph). . . . . . . .
“L” 24 km/h (14 mph). . . . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
“2” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . .
“L” 25 km/h (16 mph). . . . . . . .
Pre Runner models
3RZ–FE engine
Regular cab
“2” 119 km/h (73 mph). . . . .
“L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . .
Xtra–cab and double cab
“2” 113 km/h (70 mph). . . . .
“L” 62 km/h (38 mph). . . . . .
5VZ–FE engine
“2” 119 km/h (73 mph). . . . . . .
“L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . .
Do not continue hill climbing for a
long time in the “2” or “L” posi-
tion. This may cause severe auto-
matic transmission damage from
overheating. To prevent such dam-
age, use “D” position for hill climb-
ing or hard towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the ve-
hicle is moving.
(g) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the parking brake lever fully to
securely apply the parking brake.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
tion.
CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any cir-
cumstances while the vehicle is mov-
ing. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
127
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(h) Good driving practice
If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between third gear and over-
drive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately after-
ward.
When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
Do not hold the vehicle on an up-
grade with the accelerator pedal. It
can cause the transmission to over-
heat. Always use the brake pedal or
parking brake.
(i) Driving in “POWER” mode
(four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner)
In the “POWER” mode, the transmission
is shifted up and down at a higher vehicle
speed than in the “NORMAL” mode and a
more powerful acceleration is achieved. To
set the “POWER” mode, push in the driv-
ing pattern selector button. The POWER
mode indicator light comes on.
For ordinary driving, Toyota recommends
using the “NORMAL” mode to improve fuel
economy.
(j) Rocking your vehicle if stuck
CAUTION
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the ve-
hicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward or backward as it becomes un-
stuck, causing injury or damage to
nearby people or objects.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
128
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent dam-
age to the transmission and other
parts.
Do not depress the accelerator ped-
al while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is com-
pletely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.
Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.
If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as tow-
ing.
(k) If you cannot shift the selector le-
ver out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override lever. For instructions, see “If you
cannot shift automatic transmission selec-
tor lever” in Section 4.
The shift pattern is as shown above.
Press the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, and then release it slowly. Do not
rest your foot on the pedal while driving,
because it will cause clutch trouble. And
do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle
when stopped on an uphill grade–use the
parking brake.
Recommended shifting speeds
The transmission is fully synchronized and
upshifting or downshifting is easy.
For the best compromise between fuel
economy and vehicle performance, you
should upshift or downshift at the following
speeds:
2RZ–FE engine
Low altitude
—1219 m (4000 ft.) or lower
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)
2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)
3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)
4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)
High altitude
—Higher than 1219 m (4000 ft.)
Upshifting
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 24 (15)
2 to 3 40 (25)/58 (36)
∗
3 to 4 64 (40)/72 (45)
∗
4 to 5 72 (45)/88 (55)
∗
Downshifting
gear km/h (mph)
2 to 1 24 (15)
3 to 2 40 (25)
4 to 3 64 (40)
5 to 4 72 (45)
∗
: Applicable under heavy acceleration
conditions.
Manual transmission
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
129
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
3RZ–FE engine
Upshifting
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 24 (15)
2 to 3 40 (25)/58 (36)
∗
3 to 4 64 (40)/72 (45)
∗
4 to 5 72 (45)/88 (55)
∗
Downshifting
gear km/h (mph)
2 to 1 24 (15)
3 to 2 40 (25)
4 to 3 64 (40)
5 to 4 72 (45)
∗
: Applicable under heavy acceleration
conditions.
5VZ–FE engine
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)
2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)
3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)
4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)
Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-
eration is needed when you are cruising
below the above downshifting speeds.
Upshifting too soon or downshifting too
late will cause lugging, and possibly ping-
ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-
mum speed in each gear will cause ex-
cessive engine wear and high fuel
consumption.
Maximum allowable speeds
To get on a highway or to pass slower
traffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-
essary. Make sure you observe the follow-
ing maximum allowable speeds in each
gear:
Two–wheel drive models
2RZ–FE engine
gear km/h (mph)
1 48 (29)
2 89 (55)
3 137 (85)
4 165 (103)
5VZ–FE engine
gear km/h (mph)
1 54 (33)
2 101 (62)
3 146 (90)
4 180 (111)
Four–wheel drive models
3RZ–FE engine
gear km/h (mph)
“H2” and “H4” “L4”
1 46 (28) 17 (10)
2 85 (52) 33 (20)
3 132 (81) 51 (31)
4 165 (102) 70 (43)
5VZ–FE engine
gear km/h (mph)
“H2” and “H4” “L4”
1 47 (29) 18 (11)
2 88 (54) 34 (21)
3 127 (78) 49 (30)
4 165 (102) 70 (44)
NOTICE
Do not downshift if you are going
faster than the maximum allowable
speed for the next lower gear.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
130
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Good driving practice
If it is difficult to shift into reverse, put
the transmission in neutral, release the
clutch pedal momentarily, and then try
again.
When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use fifth gear.
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
NOTICE
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into reverse.
Use the front drive control lever to se-
lect the following transfer modes.
“H2” (high speed position, two–wheel
drive): Lever at “H2”
Use this for normal driving on dry hard–
surfaced roads. This position gives greater
economy, quietest ride and least wear.
“H4” (high speed position, four–wheel
drive): Lever at “H4”
Use this for normal driving on wet, icy or
snow–covered roads. This position pro-
vides greater traction than two–wheel
drive.
“N” (neutral position): Lever at “N”
No power is delivered to the wheels. The
vehicle must be stopped.
“L4” (low speed position, four–wheel
drive): Lever at “L4”
Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use “L4” for climbing or descending steep
hills, off–road driving, and hard pulling in
sand, mud or deep snow.
The four–wheel drive indicator light comes
on when the “H4”, “N” or “L4” mode is
selected.
See “(c) Shifting procedure (lever type)”
for further instructions.
Four–wheel drive system—
(a) Front drive control
(lever type)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
131
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Use the front drive control lever and
“4WD” button to select the following
transfer modes.
“H2” (high speed position, two–wheel
drive): Lever at “H”, “4WD” button left out
Use this for normal driving on dry hard–
surfaced roads. This position gives greater
economy, quietest ride and least wear.
“H4” (high speed position, four–wheel
drive): Lever at “H”, “4WD” button pushed
in.
Use this for normal driving on wet, icy or
snow–covered roads. This position pro-
vides greater traction than two–wheel
drive.
“N” (neutral position): Lever at “N”
No power is delivered to the wheels. The
vehicle must be stopped.
“L4” (low speed position, four–wheel
drive): Lever at “L4”
Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use “L4” for climbing or descending steep
hills, off–road driving, and hard pulling in
sand, mud or deep snow.
The four–wheel drive indicator light comes
on when the “H4”, “N” or “L4” mode is
selected.
See “(c) Shifting procedure (lever/button
type)” for further instructions.
The A.D.D. can be engaged or disen-
gaged by the shifting operations de-
scribed in “(c) Shifting procedure”.
You should drive in four–wheel drive for
at least 16 km (10 miles) each month.
This will assure that the front drive com-
ponents are lubricated.
(a) Front drive control
(lever/button type)
(b) A.D.D. (automatic
disconnecting differential)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
132
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”
To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your
speed to less than 80 km/h (50 mph) and
move the front drive control lever. You
need not depress the clutch pedal.
If you have trouble shifting in cold weath-
er, reduce your speed or stop the vehicle
and reshift.
CAUTION
Never move the front drive control
lever if wheels are slipping. Stop the
slipping or spinning before shifting.
To shift from “H4” to “H2”, simply move
the front drive control lever.
This can be done at any vehicle speed.
You need not depress the clutch pedal.
If the indicator light does not go off when
you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating, or drive in reverse.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”
To shift from “H4” to “L4”, stop the
vehicle or reduce your speed to less than
8 km/h (5 mph). With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, depress the clutch ped-
al and move the front drive control lever.
To shift from “L4” to “H4”, depress the
clutch pedal and move the front drive con-
trol lever.
This can be done at any vehicle speed.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”
To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your
speed to less than 80 km/h (50 mph) and
move the front drive control lever.
If you have trouble shifting in cold weath-
er, reduce your speed or stop the vehicle
and reshift.
CAUTION
Never move the front drive control
lever if wheels are slipping. Stop the
slipping or spinning before shifting.
To shift from “H4” to “H2”, simply move
the front drive control lever.
This can be done at any vehicle speed.
If the indicator light does not go off when
you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating, or drive in reverse.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”
To shift between “H4” and “L4”, stop
the vehicle and put the transmission in
“N”. With your foot holding down the
brake pedal, move the front drive control
lever.
(c) Shifting procedure (lever
type with manual transmission)
(c) Shifting procedure
(lever type with automatic
transmission)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
133
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”
To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your
speed to less than 100 km/h (62 mph)
and push in the “4WD” button. You need
not depress the clutch pedal.
If the indicator light does not come on
when you push in the “4WD” button, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating.
If the indicator light flashes and the buzz-
er sounds when you push in the “4WD”
button, reduce your speed or stop the
vehicle and reset.
CAUTION
Never push the “4WD” button if
wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping
or spinning before shifting.
To shift from “H4” to “H2”, push the
“4WD” button again to turn it off.
This can be done at any vehicle speed.
You need not depress the clutch pedal.
If the indicator light does not go off when
you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating, or drive in reverse.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” OR “H4” AND
“L4”
To shift from “H2” or “H4” to “L4”,
stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). With your foot
off the accelerator pedal, depress the
clutch pedal and move the front drive con-
trol lever.
To shift from “L4” to “H2” or “H4”,
depress the clutch pedal and move the
front drive control lever. When the “4WD”
button is pushed in, the transfer shifts into
“H4”; when the button is left out, the
transfer shifts into “H2”.
This can be done at any vehicle speed.
If the indicator light does not go off when
you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating, or drive in reverse.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”
To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your
speed to less than 100 km/h (62 mph)
and push in the “4WD” button.
If the indicator light does not come on
when you push in the “4WD” button, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating.
If the indicator light flashes and the buzz-
er sounds when you push in the “4WD”
button, reduce your speed or stop the
vehicle and reset.
CAUTION
Never push the “4WD” button if
wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping
or spinning before shifting.
To shift from “H4” to “H2”, push the
“4WD” button again to turn it off.
This can be done at any vehicle speed.
If the indicator light does not go off when
you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating, or drive in reverse.
(c) Shifting procedure
(lever/button type with manual
transmission)
(c) Shifting procedure
(lever/button type with
automatic transmission)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
134
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” OR “H4” AND
“L4”
To shift from “H2” or “H4” to “L4”,
stop the vehicle and put the transmission
in “N”. With your foot holding down the
brake pedal, move the front drive control
lever.
To shift from “L4” to “H2” or “H4”,
stop the vehicle and put the transmission
in “N”. With your foot holding down the
brake pedal, move the front drive control
lever. When the “4WD” button is pushed
in, the transfer shifts into “H4”; when the
button is left out, the transfer shifts into
“H2”.
If the indicator light does not go off when
you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive
straight ahead while accelerating or decel-
erating, or drive in reverse.
The rear differential lock system is pro-
vided for use only when wheel spinning
occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or
ragged surface.
This differential lock system is effective in
case one of the rear wheels is spinning.
Except for Pre Runner models
Before using the rear differential lock sys-
tem, first shift the front drive control into
“L4” to see if it works. If this has no
effect, additionally use the rear differential
lock system.
CAUTION
Do not use the rear differential lock
in the conditions other than above.
Large steering effort and careful cor-
nering control will be required.
Rear differential lock system
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
135
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To lock the rear differential, push the
switch.
Be sure to stop the wheels before locking
the differential.
For easy locking, depress the clutch ped-
al, push the lock switch and slowly re-
lease the clutch pedal.
The indicator light will blink when the
switch is turned on. Wait a few seconds
for the system to complete operation. Af-
ter the differential is locked, the light will
stop blinking and remain on.
The anti–lock brake system does not oper-
ate when the rear differential is locked. It
is normal operation for the “ABS” warning
light to be on at this time.
CAUTION
Do not lock the differential until the
wheels have stopped spinning.
Otherwise, the vehicle may move in
an unexpected direction when the
differential lock is engaged, result-
ing in an accident. This may also
lead to possible damage to differen-
tial lock component parts.
Do not drive over 8 km/h (5 mph)
when the differential is locked.
To unlock the differential, push the
switch once again.
Unlock the differential as soon as the ve-
hicle moves out.
For easy unlocking, slightly turn the steer-
ing wheel in either direction while the ve-
hicle is in motion.
When the differential lock is disengaged,
the indicator light will go out.
Except for Pre Runner models
The differential will also unlock if you shift
the front drive control lever out of “L4”.
Never forget to turn off the switch after
using this feature.
To check the indicator bulb, turn the igni-
tion key to the “ON” position, but do not
start the engine.
CAUTION
Do not keep driving with the differen-
tial lock switch on.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
136
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
To set: Pull out on the lever. For better
holding power, first depress the brake
pedal and hold it while setting the parking
brake.
To release: Press the lock release button
(1), turn the lever clockwise (2), then
push it in (3).
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the park-
ing brake reminder light is off.
The cruise control allows you to cruise
the vehicle at a desired speed over 40
km/h (25 mph) even with your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
Your cruising speed can be maintained up
or down grades within the limits of engine
performance, although a slight speed
change may occur when driving up or
down the grades. On steeper hills, a
greater speed change will occur so it is
better to drive without the cruise control.
CAUTION
To help maintain maximum control
of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-
pery (rainy, icy or snow–covered) or
winding roads.
Avoid vehicle speed increases when
driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.
Parking brake Cruise control
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
137
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
TURNING ON THE SYSTEM
To operate the cruise control, press the
“CRUISE ON–OFF” button. This turns the
system on. The indicator light in the
instrument panel shows that you can now
set the vehicle at a desired cruising
speed. Another press will turn the system
completely off.
CAUTION
To avoid accidental cruise control en-
gagement, keep the “CRUISE ON–
OFF” switch off when not using the
cruise control.
SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED
On vehicles with automatic transmission,
the transmission must be in “D” before
you set the cruise control speed.
Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”
direction and release it. This sets the ve-
hicle at that speed. If the speed is not
satisfactory, tap the lever up for a faster
speed, or tap it down for a slower speed.
Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6
km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.
CAUTION
For manual transmission:
While driving with the cruise control
on, do not shift to neutral without
depressing the clutch pedal, as this
may cause engine racing or over–rev-
ving.
CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED
You can cancel the preset speed by:
a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL”
direction and releasing it
b. Depressing the brake pedal
c. Depressing the clutch pedal (manual
transmission)
If the vehicle speed falls below about 40
km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-
matically cancel out.
If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the preset speed, the preset
speed will also automatically cancel out.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
138
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If the preset speed automatically cancels
out other than for the above cases, have
your vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-
er at the earliest opportunity.
RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direc-
tion and hold it. Release the lever when
the desired speed is attained. While the
lever is held up, the vehicle will gradually
gain speed.
However, a faster way to reset is to ac-
celerate the vehicle and then push the
lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.
RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED
Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”
direction and hold it. Release the lever
when the desired speed is attained. While
the lever is held down, the vehicle speed
will gradually decrease.
However, a faster way to reset is to de-
press the brake pedal and then push the
lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.
On vehicles with automatic transmission,
even if you turn off the overdrive switch
with the cruise control on, engine braking
will not be applied because the cruise
control is not cancelled. To decrease the
vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed
with the cruise control lever or depress
the brake pedal. If you use the brake
pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED
If the preset speed is cancelled by pulling
the control lever or by depressing the
brake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing the
lever up in the “RES/ACC” direction will
restore the speed set prior to cancellation.
However, once the vehicle speed falls be-
low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset
speed will not be resumed.
CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
If the “CRUISE” indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes when using the
cruise control, press the “CRUISE ON–
OFF” button to turn the system off and
then press it again to turn it on.
If any of the following conditions then oc-
curs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.
The indicator light does not come on.
The indicator light flashes again.
The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.
If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
139
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To crank the engine without depressing
the clutch pedal, push the switch with
the ignition on.
The switch stays on as long as the igni-
tion is on. And it will automatically turn off
when the ignition is off. An indicator light
will illuminate to indicate the system is
operating.
This switch cancels the clutch start sys-
tem, which is designed to keep the starter
motor from operating if the clutch pedal is
not depressed all the way down.
The switch allows the vehicle to be driven
out of difficult situations by cranking the
engine with the clutch engaged.
Never use the switch for normal engine
starting. Be sure to follow the starting
procedure instructed in “How to start the
engine” in Section 3.
Clutch start cancel switch
(four–wheel drive models with
manual transmission)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
141
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Car audio system
Reference 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using your audio system 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Car audio system operating hints 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
7
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
142
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Type 1: AM·FM ETR radio (with cassette and
compact disc auto changer controllers)
Type 2: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player
(with compact disc auto changer controller)
Type 3: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/
compact disc player (with compact disc
auto changer controller)
This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your sys-
tem.
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWR/VOL” or “PWR·VOL” to turn
the audio system on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE”, “CD” or
“AUX” to turn on that function without
pushing “PWR/VOL” or “PWR·VOL”.
You can turn on each player by inserting
a cassette tape or compact disc.
You can turn off each player by ejecting
the cassette tape or compact disc. If the
audio system was previously off, then the
entire audio system will be turned off
when you eject the cassette tape or com-
pact disc. If the another function was pre-
viously playing, it will come on again.
SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE”, “CD” or
“AUX” if the system is already on but you
want to switch from one function to anoth-
er.
Reference
Using your audio system—
—Some basics
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
143
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
TONE AND BALANCE
For details about your system’s tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.
Tone
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange and bass levels. In
fact, different kinds of music and vocal
programs usually sound better with differ-
ent mixes of treble, midrange and bass.
Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.
Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the vol-
ume of one group of sounds while de-
creasing the volume of another.
YOUR RADIO ANTENNA
To remove an antenna, carefully turn it
counterclockwise.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the antenna,
make sure it is removed before driv-
ing your Toyota through an automatic
car wash.
YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
When you insert a cassette, the exposed
tape should be to the right.
NOTICE
Do not oil any part of the player and
do not insert anything other than cas-
sette tapes into the slot, or the tape
player may be damaged.
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER
When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. (The player will
automatically eject a disc if the label side
is down.) The compact disc player will
play from track 1 through the end of the
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.
On models with the compact disc auto
changer, next disc will be played from
track 1.
NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything except a compact
disc into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
145
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station (see “TUNE” knob or
“SEEK” button). Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The button num-
ber will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The but-
ton number and station frequency will ap-
pear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM1·2”).
(Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“
” indicates
top side, “
” indicates bottom side).
Auto–reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)
Cassette Player
Push the fast forward button to fast for-
ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on
the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forward-
ing, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-
winding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-
sette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards com-
pletely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto–re-
verse feature.
Compact Disc Player
If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
CTRL / MODE (Audio control and mode
adjustment)
Manual tone adjustment function—
This knob is used to adjust the tone
manually.
For low–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“BAS –5” to “BAS 5”.
For high–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“TRE –5” to “TRE 5”.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
146
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Sound balance adjustment function—
This knob is also used to adjust the
sound balance between the front and rear,
and the right and left speakers.
For front/rear adjustment, push “CTRL /
MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears on
the display. Then turn the knob to adjust
the front/rear balance.
The display will show the range from
“FAd–F7” to “FAd–R7”.
For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /
MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears on
the display. Then turn the knob to adjust
the left/right balance.
The display will show the range from
“BAL–L7” to “BAL–R7”.
AUX (Auxiliary button)
This button is used to operate each player
when a cassette tape player, compact disc
player or compact disc auto changer is
equipped with this radio player.
With cassette tape player
Push “AUX” to switch from radio to cas-
sette operation. If the audio system is off,
you can turn on the cassette player by
pushing “AUX”. In both cases, a cassette
must already be loaded in the player.
With compact disc player or compact
disc auto changer
Push “AUX” to switch from radio to com-
pact disc operation. If the audio system is
off, you can turn on the compact disc
player by pushing “AUX”. In both cases,
a disc must already be loaded in the
player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played. Each time you push “AUX”, the
system changes to the automatic changer.
If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
tem will display one of the six following
error messages.
If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-
cates that the inside of the player unit
may be too hot due to the very high ambi-
ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-
azine from the player and allow the player
to cool down.
If “Err 1” appears on the display, it
indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it
was inserted up–side down. Clean the
disc or insert it correctly.
If “Err 2” appears on the display, it
indicates no disc is loaded inside the
magazine. Insert a disc.
If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the
display, it indicates there is a trouble in-
side the system. Eject the disc or maga-
zine. Set the disc or magazine again.
If “OPEn” appears on the display, it
indicates the compact disc auto changer
lid is open. Close the compact disc auto
changer lid.
If the malfunction is not rectified, take
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC
Compact disc auto changer only—
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen to
appears on the display.
Dolby
B NR
∗
If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction,
push the button marked with the double–D
symbol. The double–D symbol will appear
on the display. Push the button again to
turn off Dolby B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
tion, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
147
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
∗
: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
FM1·2
Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and
select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will
appear on the display. This system allows
you to set twelve FM stations, two for
each button.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,
push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or
compact disc operation to radio operation.
PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)
Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RAND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the com-
pact discs in the magazine in random or-
der, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.
To randomly play the tracks on the disc:
Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, you held the button
too long, and the player will play all the
tracks in the magazine in random order.
To turn off the random feature, push
“RAND” again.
Compact disc auto changer only—
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a
beep. “
·RAND” will appear on the dis-
play and the player will perform all the
tracks on all the discs in the magazine in
random order. To turn off the random fea-
ture, push “RAND” again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “RPT” while the track is playing.
“RPT” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the re-
peat feature to work correctly.
Compact Disc Player
There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole com-
pact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” while the
track is playing. “RPT” will appear on the
display. If you hear a beep, you held the
button too long, and the player will repeat
the whole disc. When the track ends, it
will automatically be replayed. This pro-
cess will be continued until you push the
button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a
beep. “
·RPT” will appear on the dis-
play. The player will repeat all the tracks
on the disc you are listening to. When the
disc ends, the player will automatically go
back to the top track of the disc and
replay. This process will be continued until
you push the button again to turn off the
repeat feature.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
148
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
et station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next pre-
set station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset sta-
tions. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 se-
conds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can ei-
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, you
held the button too long, and the player
will scan the first track of all the discs in
the magazine. To select a track, push
“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all
the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-
ning.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“
·SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will perform the first track
of the next disc. To select a disc, push
the “SCAN” again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-
ning.
SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek a station, quickly push and re-
lease the “” or “” under the “SEEK”.
Do this again to find another station.
Cassette Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the
display.
Next, push either side of the track button
until the number on the display reaches
the number of tracks you want to skip. If
you push the button ten times, the skip
feature will be turned off.
When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two be-
fore the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.
If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.
The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.
After the beginning of the tape is
reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
149
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
After the end of the tape is reached,
the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
tion.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.
TUNE (Tuning)
Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio
(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step up
the frequency. Turn the knob counterclock-
wise to step down the frequency.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
151
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station (see “TUNE” knob or
“SEEK” button). Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The button num-
ber will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The but-
ton number and station frequency will ap-
pear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM1·2”).
(Eject button)
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette. Push the compact disc
eject button to eject a compact disc.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a cassette or disc but
you will not be able to reinsert it.
(Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“
” indicates
top side, “
” indicates bottom side).
Auto–reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)
Cassette Player
Push the fast forward button to fast for-
ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on
the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forward-
ing, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-
winding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-
sette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards com-
pletely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto–re-
verse feature.
Compact Disc Player
If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
CTRL / MODE (Audio control and mode
adjustment)
Manual tone adjustment function—
This knob is used to adjust the tone
manually.
For low–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“BAS –5” to “BAS 5”.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
152
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
For high–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“TRE –5” to “TRE 5”.
Sound balance adjustment function—
This knob is also used to adjust the
sound balance between the front and rear,
and the right and left speakers.
For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /
MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears on
the display. Then turn the knob to adjust
the left/right balance.
The display will show the range from
“BAL–L7” to “BAL–R7”.
Models with rear speakers—for front/rear
adjustment, push “CTRL / MODE” repeat-
edly until “FAd” appears on the display.
Then turn the knob to adjust the front/rear
balance.
The display will show the range from
“FAd–F7” to “FAd–R7”.
CD (Compact Disc)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-
sette operation to compact disc operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the compact disc player by pushing
“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already
be loaded in the player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played. Each time you push “CD”, the
system changes to the automatic changer.
If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
tem will display one of the six following
error messages.
If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-
cates that the inside of the player unit
may be too hot due to the very high ambi-
ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-
azine from the player and allow the player
to cool down.
If “Err 1” appears on the display, it
indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it
was inserted up–side down. Clean the
disc or insert it correctly.
If “Err 2” appears on the display, it
indicates no disc is loaded inside the
magazine. Insert a disc.
If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the
display, it indicates there is a trouble in-
side the system. Eject the disc or maga-
zine. Set the disc or magazine again.
If “OPEn” appears on the display, it
indicates the compact disc auto changer
lid is open. Close the compact disc auto
changer lid.
If the malfunction is not rectified, take
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC
Compact disc auto changer only—
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen to
appears on the display.
Dolby
B NR
∗
If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction,
push the button marked with the double–D
symbol. The double–D symbol will appear
on the display. Push the button again to
turn off Dolby B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
tion, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
153
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
∗
: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
FM1·2
Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and
select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will
appear on the display. This system allows
you to set twelve FM stations, two for
each button.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,
push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or
compact disc operation to radio operation.
PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)
Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RAND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the com-
pact discs in the magazine in random or-
der, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.
To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, you held the button
too long, and the player will play all the
tracks in the magazine in random order.
To turn off the random feature, push
“RAND” again.
Compact disc auto changer only—
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a
beep. “
·RAND” will appear on the dis-
play and the player will perform all the
tracks on all the discs in the magazine in
random order. To turn off the random fea-
ture, push “RAND” again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “RPT” while the track is playing.
“RPT” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the re-
peat feature to work correctly.
Compact Disc Player
There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole com-
pact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” while the
track is playing. “RPT” will appear on the
display. If you hear a beep, you held the
button too long, and the player will repeat
the whole disc. When the track ends, it
will automatically be replayed. This pro-
cess will be continued until you push the
button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a
beep. “
·RPT” will appear on the dis-
play. The player will repeat all the tracks
on the disc you are listening to. When the
disc ends, the player will automatically go
back to the top track of the disc and
replay. This process will be continued until
you push the button again to turn off the
repeat feature.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
154
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
et station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next pre-
set station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset sta-
tions. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 se-
conds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can ei-
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, you
held the button too long, and the player
will scan the first track of all the discs in
the magazine. To select a track, push
“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all
the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-
ning.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“
·SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will perform the first track
of the next disc. To select a disc, push
the “SCAN” again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-
ning.
SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek a station, quickly push and re-
lease the “” or “” under the “SEEK”.
Do this again to find another station.
Cassette Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the
display.
Next, push either side of the track button
until the number on the display reaches
the number of tracks you want to skip. If
you push the button ten times, the skip
feature will be turned off.
When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two be-
fore the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.
If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.
The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.
After the beginning of the tape is
reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
155
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
After the end of the tape is reached,
the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
tion.
TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-
pact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.
TUNE (Tuning)
Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio
(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step up
the frequency. Turn the knob counterclock-
wise to step down the frequency.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
157
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station (see “TUNE” knob or
“SEEK” button). Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The button num-
ber will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The but-
ton number and station frequency will ap-
pear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM1·2”).
(Eject button)
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette. Push the compact disc
eject button to eject a compact disc.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a cassette or disc but
you will not be able to reinsert it.
(Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“
” indicates
top side, “
” indicates bottom side).
Auto–reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)
Cassette Player
Push the fast forward button to fast for-
ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on
the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forward-
ing, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-
winding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-
sette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards com-
pletely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto–re-
verse feature.
Compact Disc Player
If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
158
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CONTROL / MODE (Audio control and
mode adjustment)
Manual tone adjustment function—
This knob is used to adjust the tone
manually.
For low–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until
“BAS” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“BAS –5” to “BAS 5”.
For middle–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until “MId”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from “MId
–5” to “MId 5”.
For high–pitch tone adjustment, push
“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until
“TRE” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“TRE –5” to “TRE 5”.
Sound balance adjustment function—
This knob is also used to adjust the
sound balance between the front and rear,
and the right and left speakers.
For front/rear adjustment, push “CONTROL
/ MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears
on the display. Then turn the knob to
adjust the front/rear balance.
The display will show the range from
“FAd–F7” to “FAd–R7”.
For left/right adjustment, push “CONTROL
/ MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears
on the display. Then turn the knob to
adjust the left/right balance.
The display will show the range from
“BAL–L7” to “BAL–R7”.
CD (Compact Disc)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-
sette operation to compact disc operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the compact disc player by pushing
“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already
be loaded in the player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played. Each time you push “CD”, the
system changes to the automatic changer.
If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
tem will display one of the six following
error messages.
If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-
cates that the inside of the player unit
may be too hot due to the very high ambi-
ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-
azine from the player and allow the player
to cool down.
If “Err 1” appears on the display, it
indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it
was inserted up–side down. Clean the
disc or insert it correctly.
If “Err 2” appears on the display, it
indicates no disc is loaded inside the
magazine. Insert a disc.
If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the
display, it indicates there is a trouble in-
side the system. Eject the disc or maga-
zine. Set the disc or magazine again.
If “OPEn” appears on the display, it
indicates the compact disc auto changer
lid is open. Close the compact disc auto
changer lid.
If the malfunction is not rectified, take
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
159
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
DISC
Compact disc auto changer only—
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen to
appears on the display.
Dolby
B NR
∗
If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction,
push the button marked with the double–D
symbol. The double–D symbol will appear
on the display. Push the button again to
turn off Dolby B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
tion, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
∗
: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
FM1·2
Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and
select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will
appear on the display. This system allows
you to set twelve FM stations, two for
each button.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,
push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or
compact disc operation to radio operation.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RAND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the com-
pact discs in the magazine in random or-
der, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.
To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “
”. “ ”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, you held the button
too long, and the player will play all the
tracks in the magazine in random order.
To turn off the random feature, push this
button again.
Compact disc auto changer only—
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the dis-
play and the player will perform all the
tracks on all the discs in the magazine in
random order. To turn off the random fea-
ture, push this button again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “
” while the track is playing.
“ ” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the re-
peat feature to work correctly.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
160
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Compact Disc Player
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole com-
pact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “
” while the
track is playing. “ ” will appear on the
display. If you hear a beep, you held the
button too long, and the player will repeat
the whole disc. When the track ends, it
will automatically be replayed. This pro-
cess will be continued until you push the
button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display.
The player will repeat all the tracks on the
disc you are listening to. When the disc
ends, the player will automatically go back
to the top track of the disc and replay.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the re-
peat feature.
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
et station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next pre-
set station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset sta-
tions. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 se-
conds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can ei-
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, you
held the button too long, and the player
will scan the first track of all the discs in
the magazine. To select a track, push
“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all
the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-
ning.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“
·SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will perform the first track
of the next disc. To select a disc, push
the “SCAN” again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-
ning.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
161
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek a station, quickly push and re-
lease the “” or “” under the “SEEK”.
Do this again to find another station.
Cassette Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the
display.
Next, push either side of the track button
until the number on the display reaches
the number of tracks you want to skip. If
you push the button ten times, the skip
feature will be turned off.
When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two be-
fore the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.
If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.
The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.
After the beginning of the tape is
reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.
After the end of the tape is reached,
the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
tion.
TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-
pact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.
TUNE (Tuning)
Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio
(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step up
the frequency. Turn the knob counterclock-
wise to step down the frequency.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
162
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
(Eject button)
Push this button to eject a compact disc.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a disc but you will
not be able to reinsert it.
DISC IN (Disc indicator)
When the compact disc is inserted, the
disc indicator on the right side of “DISC
IN” turns on.
NOTICE
To ensure the correct audio system
operation:
Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio system.
Do not put anything other than a
cassette tape or Compact Disc into
the slot.
The use of cellular phone inside or
near the vehicle may cause a noise
from the speakers of the audio sys-
tem which you are listening to.
However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. And of course, radio signals
have a limited range. The farther you are
from a station, the weaker its signal will
be. In addition, reception conditions
change constantly as your vehicle moves.
Here are some common reception prob-
lems that probably do not indicate a prob-
lem with your radio:
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmit-
ter. They are often accompanied by distor-
tion.
Multi–path—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each oth-
er out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.
Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.
Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weak-
ened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the origi-
nal signal can be picked up again.
Car audio system operating
hints
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
163
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere—especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio sta-
tion, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected sig-
nal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broad-
cast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electri-
cal motors. This results in static.
CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
AND TAPES
For the best performance for your cas-
sette player and tapes:
Clean the tape head and other parts regu-
larly.
A dirty tape head or tape path can
decrease sound quality and tangle your
cassette tapes. The easiest way to
clean them is by using a cleaning tape.
(A wet type is recommended.)
Use high–quality cassettes.
Low–quality cassette tapes can cause
many problems, including poor sound,
inconsistent playing speed, and
constant auto–reversing. They can also
get stuck or tangled in the cassette
player.
Do not use a cassette if it has been
damaged or tangled or if its label is
peeling off.
Do not leave a cassette in the player
if you are not listening to it, especially
if it is hot outside.
Store cassettes in their cases and out
of direct sunlight.
Avoid using cassettes with a total play-
ing time longer than 100 minutes (50
minutes per side). The tape used in
these cassettes is thin and could get
stuck or tangled in the cassette player.
CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC
PLAYER AND DISCS
Use only compact discs labeled as
shown above. CD–R (CD–Recordable),
CD–RW (CD–Re–writable) and personal
computer use CD–ROMs may not be
playable on your compact disc player.
Your compact disc player is intended
for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.
Extremely high temperatures can keep
your compact disc player from working.
On hot days, use the air conditioning
to cool the vehicle interior before you
listen to a disc.
Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player skip.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
164
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If moisture gets into your compact disc
player, you may not hear any sound
even though your compact disc player
appears to be working. Remove the
disc from the player and wait until it
dries.
Your automatic changer or compact
disc player cannot play special shaped
or low–quality compact discs such as
those shown here. Do not use them as
the changer or player could be dam-
aged.
Handle compact discs carefully, espe-
cially when you are inserting them.
Hold them on the edge and do not
bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints
on them, particularly on the shiny side.
Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or
other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
disc up to the light.)
Remove discs from the compact disc
player when you are not listening
to them. Store them in their plastic
cases away from moisture, heat, and
direct sunlight.
To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
soft, lint–free cloth that has been damp-
ened with water. Wipe in a straight line
from the center to the edge of the disc
(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
lint–free cloth. Do not use a conventional
record cleaner or anti–static device.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
167
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Controls 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side vents 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
8
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
169
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Fan speed selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to
the right to increase, to the left to de-
crease.
Temperature selector
Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—
to the right to warm, to the left to cool.
Air flow selector
Turn the knob to select the vents used for
air flow.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the
instrument panel vents.
2. Bi–level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
floor/windshield position turns on the
defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-
take selector button once again.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defog-
ging function with the purpose of clear-
ing the front view.
This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-
take selector button once again.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see the illustration after “A/C” button.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
170
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-
tem.
“A/C” button (on some models)
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
171
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.
Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.
Keep the area under the front seats
clear to allow air to circulate through-
out the vehicle.
On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.
When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-
hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.
Air flow selector settings
Double cab models
Operating tips
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
172
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If following another vehicle on a dusty
road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.
Heating
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF
For quick heating, select recirculated
air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh af-
ter the vehicle interior has been
warmed.
Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-
fied heating.
Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.
Air conditioning
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON
For quick cooling, move the air intake
selector to recirculate for a few min-
utes.
Ventilation
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
173
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Defogging
The inside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone) to heat;
COLD (blue zone) to
cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
shield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
When turning the air flow selector to wind-
shield or floor/windshield position, the air
intake selects FRESH automatically. This
is to clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield—the difference be-
tween the outside and inside tempera-
tures could make the fogging worse.
Defrosting
The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
shield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
When turning the air flow selector to wind-
shield or floor/windshield position, the air
intake selects FRESH automatically. This
is to clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
To heat the vehicle interior while de-
frosting the windshield, choose floor/
windshield air flow.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
175
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Clock 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter and ashtray 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power outlets 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary box 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear console box 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front cup holder 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear cup holder 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grocery bag and cargo net hooks 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof luggage carrier 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing front license plate 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
–
9
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
176
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The digital clock indicates the time.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position.
To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.
If quick adjustment to a full hour is de-
sired, push the “:00” button.
For example, if the “:00” button is de-
pressed when the time is between
1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.
If the time is between 1:30—1:59, the
time will change to 2:00.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time dis-
play will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the time in-
dication will be reduced.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.
When it becomes heated, it automatical-
ly pops out ready for use.
If the engine is not running, the key must
be in the “ACC” position.
Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed
in.
Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
equivalent for replacement.
Clock Cigarette lighter and ashtray
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
177
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
ASHTRAY
To use the ashtray, pull it out.
When finished with your cigarette, thor-
oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-
vent other cigarette butts from catching
fire. After using the ashtray, push it back
in completely.
To remove the ashtray, press down on the
lock spring plate and pull out.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, always completely close
the ashtray after using it.
The power outlets are designed for
power supply for car accessories.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the power outlets to be used.
NOTICE
To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total vehicle capacity of
12V/120W.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlets longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
Close the power outlet lids when
the power outlets are not in use.
Inserting a foreign object other than
the appropriate plug that fits the
outlet, or allowing any liquid into
the outlet may cause electrical fail-
ure or short circuits.
Power outlets
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
178
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To open the glove box door, pull the
lever.
On some models, the glove box light will
come on when the glove box is open with
the instrument panel lights on.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.
To use the box, do the following.
Pull up on the lock release lever and
open the lid.
This box is equipped with a coin holder
and a cassette tape holder.
1. Coin holder: To use it, push coins
down into the holder. The coin holder
is detachable.
To remove: Pull the coin holder straight
up.
To install: Push the coin holder straight
down.
2. Cassette tape holder: The dividing plate
for the cassette tape holder is detach-
able.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.
Glove box
Auxiliary box
(Xtra–cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
179
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Upper box
Lower box
Rear box
UPPER BOX
To use the upper box, pull up on the
lock release lever and open the lid.
This box is equipped with a coin hold-
er. To use it, push coins down into the
holder. The coin holder is detachable.
To remove: Pull the coin holder straight
up.
To install: Push the coin holder straight
down.
LOWER BOX
To use the lower box, rotate upper box
up until it is fully back, then pull up
the lock release lever, and open the lid.
REAR BOX
To use rear box, pull on the handle.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, keep the upper box,
lower box and rear box closed when
it is not in use.
Rear console box
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
180
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink–cans securely.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other than
cups or drink–cans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly in-
jure people in the vehicle during sud-
den braking or in an accident.
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink–cans securely.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other than
cups or drink–cans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly in-
jure people in the vehicle during sud-
den braking or in an accident.
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink–cans securely.
To use the second cup holder, pull it out.
CAUTION
Do not use the second cup holder
when you sliding the bench seat
(regular cab models) or move pas-
senger’s seat for rear seat entry
(Xtra–cab models). The seat may in-
terfere with second cup holder and
the drink may spill over the occu-
pants. If the spilled drink is hot, it
may cause burns.
Front cup holder (type A) Front cup holder (type B) Front cup holder (type C)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
181
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink–cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the second cup
holder closed when it is not in use.
NOTICE
Do not use the second cup holder
when you
sliding the bench seat (reg-
ular cab models) or move passenger’s
seat for rear seat entry (Xtra–cab
model
s)
. The seat may interfere with
the second cup holder and the spilled
drink may cause a malfunction on the
electrical components.
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink–cans securely.
The cup holder adjusts to different sized
cups using its separator arms.
CAUTION
Do not use the cup holder when
you sliding the bench seat (regular
cab models) or move passenger’s
seat for rear seat entry (Xtra–cab
models). The seat may interfere
with the cup holder and the drink
may spill over the occupants. If the
spilled drink is hot, it may cause
burns.
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink–cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
NOTICE
Do not use the cup holder when you
sliding the bench seat (regular cab
models) or move passenger’s seat for
rear seat entry (Xtra–cab models). The
seat may interfere with the cup holder
and the spilled drink may cause a
malfunction on the electrical compo-
nents.
Front cup holder (type D)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
182
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups fit securely.
To use the cup holder, raise the folding
table under the right–rear seat. Stand the
table by compressing and turning down
the table legs.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other
than cups in the cup holder, as
such item may be thrown about in
the compartment and possibly in-
jure people in the vehicle during
sudden braking or an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
Rear cup holder
(Xtra–cab models)
Rear cup holder
(double cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
183
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink–cans securely.
To use the cup holder, pull it out.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink–cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
Use grocery bags
Use cargo net
The hooks are designed to hang things
like grocery bags and cargo nets, as
shown in the illustration.
Although the cargo net itself is not in-
cluded as an original equipment, these
cargo net hooks can be used to hang the
cargo net.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging heavy loads on it.
Grocery bag and cargo net
hooks (double cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
184
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The roof luggage carrier consists of
roof rails (1) attached to the roof and
sliding cross rails (2).
To adjust the positions of cross rails, do
this.
1. Turn the knobs counterclockwise to
loosen the cross rails.
2. Slide the cross rails to the desired
position for loading the luggages of
various sizes.
3. After adjusting, be sure to tighten the
crossrails by turning knobs clockwise.
Follow the manufacture’s instructions and
precautions when installing the attach-
ments or their equivalent.
CAUTION
When you load cargo on the roof lug-
gage carrier, observe the following:
Place the cargo on the center of
the cross rails so that its weight
can be distributed evenly between
the front and rear axles.
If loading long or wide cargo, never
exceed the vehicle overall length or
width. (See “Dimensions and
weight” in Section 8 for information
on your vehicle overall length and
width.)
Before driving, make sure the cargo
is securely fastened on the roof
luggage carrier.
Loading cargo on the roof luggage
carrier will make the center of the
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneu-
vers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to
failure to operate this vehicle cor-
rectly.
If driving for a long distance, on
rough roads, or at high speeds,
stop the vehicle now and then dur-
ing the trip to make sure the cargo
remains in its place.
Do not exceed 45 kg (100 lb.) cargo
weight on the roof luggage carrier.
NOTICE
When loading the luggages, be careful
not to scratch the surface of the
moon roof.
Roof luggage carrier
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
185
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the floor carpet and floor mat have a
hole, then it is designed for use with a
locking clip. Fix the floor mat with locking
clip into the hole in the floor carpet.
CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the floor carpet. If the floor
mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driv-
ing, it may cause an accident.
Valance panel
Longer
tapping screws
Front license plate
Shorter
tapping screws
Install the front license plate using the
following procedure:
1. Remove and discard the front license
plate frame (if installed on the vehicle
at delivery).
2. Align the holes on the front license
plate with the dimples on the valance
panel.
3. Install the two longer tapping screws
through the upper holes, and the two
shorter tapping screws through the low-
er holes of the license plate, into the
dimples on the valance panel.
Do not drill holes in the dimples on the
valance panel.
Floor mat
Installing front license plate
(four–wheel drive models and
Pre Runner)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
187
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Off–road vehicle precautions 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Break–in period 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three–way catalytic converter 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Twin ground electrode spark plugs 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage stowage precautions 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear step bumper 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step side beds 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
2
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
188
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
This vehicle has higher ground clear-
ance and narrower tread in relation to
the height of its center of gravity to
make it capable of performing in a wide
variety of off–road applications. Specific
design characteristics give it a higher
center of gravity than ordinary passen-
ger cars. This vehicle design feature
causes this type of vehicle to be more
likely to rollover. And, it has a signifi-
cantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles. An advantage of the
higher ground clearance is a better
view of the road allowing you to antici-
pate problems. It is not designed for
cornering at the same speeds as ordi-
nary passenger cars any more than
low–slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off–road
conditions. Therefore, sharp turns at
excessive speeds may cause rollover.
CAUTION
Always observe the following precau-
tions to minimize the risk of serious
personal injury or damage to your ve-
hicle:
In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-
son is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
passengers should fasten their seat
belts whenever the vehicle is mov-
ing.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-
vers, if at all possible. Failure to
operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control or vehicle
rollover causing death or serious
injury.
Loading cargo on the roof luggage
carrier will make the center of the
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneu-
vers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to
failure to operate this vehicle cor-
rectly.
Always slow down in gusty cross-
winds. Because of its profile and
higher center of gravity, your ve-
hicle is more sensitive to side
winds than an ordinary passenger
car. Slowing down will allow you to
have much better control.
Off–road vehicle precautions
(4WD models and Pre Runner)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
189
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
When driving off–road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns,
strike objects, etc. This may cause
loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and
chassis.
Do not drive horizontally across
steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your ve-
hicle (or any similar off–road ve-
hicle) can tip over sideways much
more easily than forward or back-
ward.
Drive gently and avoid high speeds.
Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
break–in. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:
Do not drive over 88 km/h (55 mph).
Run the engine at moderate speed be-
tween 2000 and 4000 rpm.
Avoid full–throttle starts.
Try to avoid hard stops during the first
300 km (200 miles).
Do not drive slowly with the manual
transmission in a high gear.
Do not drive for a long time at any
single speed, either fast or slow.
Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
km (500 miles).
FUEL TYPE
Your new vehicle must use only un-
leaded gasoline.
To help prevent gas station mix–ups, your
Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
The special nozzle on pumps with un-
leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-
dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
not.
At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5–M93
in Canada.
NOTICE
Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the three–
way catalytic converter to lose its ef-
fectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.
Break–in period Fuel
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
190
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
OCTANE RATING
Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-
tane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating or research octane number lower
than stated above will cause persistent
heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
lead to engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, now and then, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accel-
erating or driving up hills. This is no need
of concern.
GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENT
ADDITIVES
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline
that contains detergent additives to
avoid build–up of engine deposits.
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
QUALITY GASOLINE
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,
Europe and Japan have developed a
specification for quality fuel named
World–Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that
is expected to be applied world wide.
The WWFC consists of three categories
that depend on required emission lev-
els. In the U.S., category 3 has been
adopted. The WWFC improves air quali-
ty by providing for better emissions in
vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction
through better vehicle performance.
CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE
Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-
formulated gasoline that contains oxy-
genates such as ethanol or MTBE is
available in many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner
burning gasoline and appropriately blended
reformulated gasoline. These types of gas-
oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-
mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-
prove air quality.
OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
blended gasoline where the oxygenate
content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
rating no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing methanol.
GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT
Some gasoline contain an octane en-
hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-
taining MMT is used, your emission con-
trol system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-
strument cluster may come on. If this hap-
pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-
vice.
GASOLINE QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the partic-
ular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If this does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
191
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel sys-
tem damage or vehicle performance
problems.
If driveability problems occur (poor
hot starting, vaporizing, engine
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.
Take care not to spill gasohol dur-
ing refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner
60 L (16.0 gal., 13.3 Imp. gal.)
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)
If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the cor-
rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).
The three–way catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.
CAUTION
Keep people and combustible mate-
rials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.
Do not drive, idle or park your ve-
hicle over anything that might burn
easily such as grass, leaves, paper
or rags.
Operation in foreign countries Three–way catalytic converter
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
192
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the three–way catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:
Use only unleaded gasoline.
Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creat-
ing an excessive load on the three–
way catalytic converter.
Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 minu-
tes.
Avoid racing the engine.
Do not push–start or pull–start your
vehicle.
Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.
Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel systems could cause an ex-
tremely high three–way catalytic
converter temperature.
If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a check–up as soon
as possible. Remember, your Toyota
dealer knows your vehicle and its
three–way catalytic converter sys-
tem best.
To ensure that the three–way cata-
lytic converter and the entire emis-
sion control system operate proper-
ly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
scheduled maintenance information,
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment”.
CAUTION
Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.
It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.
Make sure the exhaust system has
no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.
Do not run the engine in a garage
or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.
Do not remain for a long time in a
parked vehicle with the engine run-
ning. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.
Engine exhaust cautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
193
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To allow proper operation of your
vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the wind-
shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-
er obstructions.
If you smell exhaust fumes in the
vehicle, drive with the windows
open. Have the cause immediately
located and corrected.
Toyota does not recommend occu-
pying the rear cargo area when it
is fitted with a slide–in camper,
camper shell or other type cover
while the engine is running. This
caution applies to both driving and
stopped or parked situations with
the engine running. Particular care
should be taken to prevent exhaust
gases from entering camper bodies,
trailers or other enclosures on or
around your vehicle. If exhaust
fumes are detected, open all win-
dows and thoroughly ventilate the
area.
FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in main-
taining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should con-
sume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.
Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston
rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a pis-
ton moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.
Oil is also used to lubricate the stems
of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High tem-
perature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.
The amount of engine oil consumed de-
pends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by high–speed driv-
ing and frequent acceleration and decel-
eration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
When judging the amount of oil con-
sumption, note that the oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-
mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
appear that the oil level has not changed.
The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.
Facts about engine oil
consumption
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
194
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in prop-
er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-
gine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.
For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-
tion 7–2.
Your engine is fitted with twin ground
electrode spark plugs.
NOTICE
Use only twin ground electrode spark
plugs for your engine performance.
The tandem master cylinder brake system
is a hydraulic system with two separate
sub–systems. If either sub–system should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will be longer. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
power–assist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
vacuum for one or two stops—but no
more!
Twin ground electrode spark
plugs (5VZ–FE engine)
Brake system
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
195
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacu-
um.
Even if the power assist is com-
pletely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than nor-
mal. And your braking distance will
be longer.
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(with “ABS” warning light)
The anti–lock brake system is designed
to help prevent lock–up of the wheels
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
providing directional stability and steer-
ing performance of the vehicle under
these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal: When the anti–lock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
In this situation, to let the anti–lock
brake system work for you, just hold the
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
pump the brake in a panic stop. This
will result in reduced braking performan-
ce.
The anti–lock brake system becomes op-
erative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on the manhole
cover, the steel plate under the construc-
tion, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainy
day tends to activate the anti–lock brake
system.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle is started. This means that the
anti–lock brake system is in the self–
check mode, and does not indicate a mal-
function.
When the anti–lock brake system is ac-
tivated, the following conditions may
occur. They do not indicate a malfunc-
tion of the system:
You may hear the anti–lock brake sys-
tem operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the ve-
hicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the ve-
hicle is stopped.
At the end of the anti–lock brake sys-
tem activation, the brake pedal may
move a little forward.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
196
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Do not overestimate the anti–lock
brake system: Although the anti–lock
brake system assists in providing ve-
hicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, be-
cause there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the anti–
lock brake system on.
If tires grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the anti–lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.
Anti–lock brake system is not de-
signed to shorten the stopping dis-
tance: Always drive at the moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
anti–lock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping dis-
tance in the following cases:
Driving on rough, gravel or snow–
covered roads.
Driving with tire chains installed.
Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road.
Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differ-
ences in surface height.
Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The anti–lock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respec-
tive wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed
resulting in a longer stopping dis-
tance.
Type A
Type B
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
197
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
“ABS” warning light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. There-
after, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti–lock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates con-
ventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti–lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the parts monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion, or the light remains on.
The light comes on while you are driv-
ing.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
With rear differential lock: However, it is
a normal operation for the light to be on
with rear differential locked. At this time,
the anti–lock brake system does not oper-
ate.
The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-
tor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.
Brake pad wear limit
indicators
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
198
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
When stowing luggage or cargo in the
vehicle, observe the following:
Put luggage or cargo in the rear deck
when at all possible. Be sure all items
are secured in place.
Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-
anced. Locating the weight as far for-
ward as possible helps maintain bal-
ance.
For better fuel economy, do not carry
unneeded weight.
CAUTION
To prevent luggage or packages
from sliding forward during braking,
do not stack anything behind the
front seats higher than the seat-
backs (Xtra–cab and double cab
models). Keep luggage or packages
low, as close to the floor as pos-
sible.
Never allow anyone to ride in the
rear deck. It is not designed for
passengers. They should ride in
their seats with their seat belts
properly fastened. Otherwise, they
are much more likely to suffer seri-
ous bodily injury, in the event of
sudden braking or a collision.
Do not drive with objects left on
top of the instrument panel. They
may interfere with the driver’s field
of view. Or they may move during
sharp vehicle acceleration or turn-
ing, and impair the driver’s control
of the vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occupants.
NOTICE
Do not load the vehicle beyond the
cargo weight specified in Section 8.
The rear step bumper is for rear end
protection and easier step–up loading.
CAUTION
Do not allow more than one person
to get on the rear step bumper at
a time. It is designed for only one
person.
Never drive the vehicle with anyone
on the rear step bumper.
Do not stand on the rear step
bumper while the vehicle is moving.
Luggage stowage precautions Rear step bumper
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
199
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The side step is for easier step–up
loading.
CAUTION
For models equipped with step side
beds:
Do not allow more than one person
to get on the side step. Do not
exceed the maximum weight limit of
136 kg (300 lb.) on the side step.
Never drive the vehicle with anyone
on the side steps.
Do not stand on the side steps
while the vehicle is moving.
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.
Step side beds
Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification number
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
200
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
5VZ–FE engine
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous handling charac-
teristics, resulting in loss of control.
—Engine number Suspension and chassis
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
201
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Determine sure what kind of tires your
vehicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are high–speed capability
tires best suited to highway driving under
dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, sum-
mer tires are inadequate for driving on
snow–covered or icy roads. For driving on
snow–covered or icy roads, we recom-
mend using snow tires. If installing snow
tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide
better traction in snow and to be adequate
for driving in most winter conditions, as
well as for use all year round.
All season tires, however, do not have
adequate traction performance compared
with snow tires in heavy or loose snow.
Also, all season tires fall short in accel-
eration and handling performance
compared with summer tires in highway
driving.
CAUTION
Do not mix summer and all season
tires on your vehicle as this can
cause dangerous handling charac-
teristics, resulting in loss of con-
trol.
Do not use tires other than the
manufacture’s designated tires, and
never mix tires or wheels of the
sizes different from the originals.
Types of tires
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
203
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
STARTING AND DRIVING
Before starting the engine 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off–road driving precautions 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinghy towing 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 215. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
3
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
204
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Check the area around the vehicle be-
fore entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion angle, head restraint
height and steering wheel angle.
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
4. Lock all doors.
5. Fasten seat belts.
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-
sories.
3. Manual transmission: Press the clutch
pedal to the floor and shift the trans-
mission into neutral. Hold the clutch
pedal to the floor until the engine is
started. A starter safety device will pre-
vent the starter from operating if the
clutch pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic transmission: Put the se-
lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-
start the engine while the vehicle is
moving, put the selector lever in “N”.
A starter safety device will prevent the
starter from operating if the selector
lever is in any drive position.
4. Automatic transmission only:
De-
press the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.
Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-
low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-
ing”.
Normal starting procedure
The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
tial multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
air–fuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:
1. With your foot off the accelerator ped-
al, crank the engine by turning the key
to “START”. Release it when the en-
gine starts.
2. After the engine runs for about 10 se-
conds, you are ready to drive.
If the weather is below freezing, let the
engine warm up for a few minutes before
driving.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct proce-
dure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-
tion 4.
Before starting the engine
How to start the engine—
(a) Before cranking
(b) Starting the engine
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
205
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 se-
conds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.
Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.
This will allow you much better control.
Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-
sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharp–edged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage result-
ing in tire bursts.
Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Other-
wise, the impact could cause severe
damage to the tires and/or wheels.
When parking on a hill, turn the front
wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmis-
sion in “P” (automatic) or in first or
reverse (manual). If necessary, block
the wheels.
Washing your vehicle or driving through
deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the park-
ing brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
Four–wheel drive models—Toyota rec-
ommends not using four–wheel drive on
dry hard–surfaced roads, because four–
wheel driving will cause unnecessary
noise and wear, and poor fuel econo-
my.
Four–wheel drive models—In cold tem-
peratures, noise may occur when driv-
ing in two–wheel drive before the trans-
fer is warmed up. Therefore, first drive
in four–wheel drive until the transfer is
warmed up.
Tips for driving in various
conditions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
206
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Before driving off, make sure that
the parking brake is fully released
and the parking brake reminder
light is off.
Do not leave your vehicle unat-
tended while the engine is running.
Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.
Be careful when accelerating, up-
shifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden accelera-
tion or engine braking, could cause
the vehicle to spin or skid.
To drive down a long or steep hill,
reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.
Do not continue normal driving
when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a
longer stopping distance, and it
may pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Also, the park-
ing brake will not hold the vehicle
securely.
Do not drive in excess of the speed
limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has high–speed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to con-
sult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are high–speed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.
When driving your vehicle off–road, please
observe the following precautions to en-
sure your driving enjoyment and to help
prevent the closure of areas to off–road
vehicles.
a. Drive your vehicle only in areas where
off–road vehicles are permitted to trav-
el.
b. Respect private property. Get owner’s
permission before entering private prop-
erty.
c. Do not enter areas that are closed.
Honor gates, barriers and signs that re-
strict travel.
d. Stay on established roads. When condi-
tions are wet, driving techniques should
be changed or travel delayed to pre-
vent damage to roads.
For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and
Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining
to driving your vehicle off–road, consult
the following organizations.
State and Local Parks and Recreation
Departments
State Motor Vehicle Bureau
Recreational Vehicle Clubs
Off–road driving precautions
(4WD models and Pre Runner)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
207
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of
Land Management
CAUTION
Always observe the following precau-
tions to minimize the risk of serious
personal injury or damage to your ve-
hicle:
Drive carefully when off the road.
Do not take unnecessary risks by
driving in dangerous places.
Do not grip the steering wheel
spokes when driving off–road. A
bad bump could jerk the wheel and
injure your hands. Keep both hands
and especially your thumbs on the
outside of the rim.
Always check your brakes for effec-
tiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
After driving through tall grass,
mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check
that there is no grass, bush, paper,
rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or
trapped on the underbody. Clear off
any such matter from the under-
body. If the vehicle is used with
these materials trapped or adhering
to the underbody, a breakdown or
fire could occur.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-
son is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
passengers should fasten their seat
belts whenever the vehicle is mov-
ing.
When driving off–road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns,
strike objects, etc. This may cause
loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and
chassis.
NOTICE
If driving through water, such as
when crossing shallow streams,
first check the depth of the water
and the bottom of the river bed for
firmness. Drive slowly and avoid
deep water.
Take all necessary safety measures
to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does
not occur.
Water entering the engine air intake
will cause severe engine damage.
Water can wash the grease from
wheel bearings, causing rusting and
premature failure, and may also en-
ter the differentials, transmission
and transfer case, reducing the gear
oil’s lubricating qualities.
Sand and mud that has accumulated
in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency
and may damage brake system com-
ponents.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
208
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Always perform a maintenance in-
spection after each day of off–road
driving that has taken you through
rough terrain, sand, mud, or water.
For scheduled maintenance in-
formation, refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.
Make sure you have a proper freeze
protection of engine coolant.
Your coolant must contain ethylene–glycol
type coolant for a proper corrosion
protection of aluminum components. Use
“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.
See Section 7–2 for details about coolant
type selection.
NOTICE
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
When it is extremely cold, we recommend
to use 60% solution for your Toyota, to
provide protection down to about –50C
(–58F). Do not use more than 70% solu-
tion for better coolant performance.
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape
to provide enough power for winter start-
ing. Section 7–3 tells you how to visually
inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer
and most service stations will be pleased
to check the level of charge.
Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.
See Section 7–2 for recommended viscos-
ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your
vehicle during winter months may cause
harder starting. If you are not sure about
which oil to use, call your Toyota deal-
er—he will be pleased to help.
Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock de–icer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing. To open
a frozen lock, try heating the key before
inserting it.
Use a washer fluid containing an ant–
freeze solution.
This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.
Winter driving tips
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
209
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse
(manual) and block the front wheels. Do
not use the parking brake, or snow or
water accumulated in and around the
parking brake mechanism may freeze,
making it hard to release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.
Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emer-
gency equipment.
Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.
Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
ground) behind a motorhome.
NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle with four
wheels on the ground. This may
cause serious damage to your vehicle.
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passenger–and–load–carrying vehicle. Tow-
ing a trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your safe-
ty and the safety of others, you must not
overload your vehicle or trailer. Ask your
local Toyota dealer for further details be-
fore towing.
WEIGHT LIMITS
Before towing, make sure the total trail-
er weight, gross combination weight,
gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight
and trailer tongue load are all within
the limits.
The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, build-
ing supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.
Dinghy towing Trailer towing
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
210
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
The maximum gross trailer weight
(trailer weight plus cargo weight)
must never exceed the following.
Two–wheel drive models except
Pre Runner
2RZ–FE and 5VZ–FE engines
1587 kg (3500 lb.)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner
3RZ–FE engine
1587 kg (3500 lb.)
5VZ–FE engine
Without towing package
1587 kg (3500 lb.)
With towing package
2721 kg (6000 lb.)
If towing a trailer and cargo weigh-
ing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it is
necessary to use a sway control
device with sufficient capacity. The
combination of the gross trailer
weight added to the total weight of
the vehicle, occupants and vehicle
cargo must never exceed a total of
the following.
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
2RZ–FE engine
3035 kg (6700 lb.)
5VZ–FE engine
3080 kg (6800 lb.)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner
3RZ–FE engine
3355 kg (7400 lb.)
5VZ–FE engine
Without towing package
3401 kg (7500 lb.)
With towing package
4535 kg (10000 lb.)
Exceeding the maximum weight of
the trailer, the vehicle, or the ve-
hicle and trailer combination, can
cause an accident resulting in seri-
ous personal injuries.
Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-
ent weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capa-
ble of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maxi-
mum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating speci-
fied for the trailer–hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in seri-
ous personal injuries.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
211
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The gross vehicle weight must not
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross ve-
hicle weight is the sum of weights
of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-
sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.
The load on either the front or rear
axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
on the Certification Label.
Total trailer weight Tongue load
Tongue load
Total trailer weight
100 = 9 to 11%
The trailer cargo load should be dis-
tributed so that the tongue load is
9 to 11% of the total trailer weight,
not exceeding the maximum load of
the following.
Without towing package
158 kg (350 lb.)
With towing package
272 kg (600 lb.)
However, if towing with a fifth
wheel trailer, the cargo load must
be distributed so that the tongue
load is 19 to 21% of the total trailer
weight. Never load the trailer with
more weight in the back than in the
front. About 60% of the trailer load
should be in the front half of the
trailer and the remaining 40% in the
rear.
HITCHES
Use only a weight carrying hitch de-
signed for the total trailer weight.
Toyota does not recommend using a
weight distribution (load equalizing)
hitch.
The hitch must be bolted securely to
the vehicle frame and installed accord-
ing to the hitch manufacturer’s instruc-
tions.
If using a fifth wheel hitch, the center
of the king pin must be forward of the
axis of the vehicle’s rear wheels, and
installed according to the manufactur-
er’s instructions.
The hitch ball and king pin should have
a light coat of grease.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
212
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Toyota recommends that the trailer
hitch, except fifth wheel hitch, be re-
moved when not towing to prevent inju-
ry and/or damage by the hitch in event
of a rear end collision. After removing
the hitch, the installation area should
be sealed to prevent entry of exhaust
fumes and mud.
NOTICE
Do not use an axle–mounting hitch as
it may cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels and/
or tires.
BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes
that conform to any applicable federal
and state/provincial regulations.
A safety chain must always be used
between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should cross
under the trailer tongue to prevent the
tongue from dropping to the ground in
case it becomes damaged or sepa-
rated. For correct safety chain proce-
dures, follow the hitch or trailer
manufacturer’s recommendations.
CAUTION
If the total trailer weight exceeds
453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.
Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-
draulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.
Never tow a trailer without using a
safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.
TIRES
Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are
properly inflated. See Section 7–2 for
instructions.
The trailer tires should be inflated to
the pressure recommended by the trail-
er manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.
TRAILER LIGHTS
Trailer lights must comply with federal,
state/provincial and local regulations.
See your local recreational vehicle
dealer or rental agency for the correct
type of wiring and relays for your trail-
er. Check for correct operation of the
turn signals and stop lights each time
you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-
age your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.
BREAK–IN SCHEDULE
Toyota recommends that you do not
tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train com-
ponent (engine, transmission, differen-
tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.
MAINTENANCE
If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will
require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this informa-
tion, please refer to the scheduled
maintenance information in the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.
Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
213
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
PRE–TOWING SAFETY CHECK
Check that your vehicle remains level
when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal nose–up or nose–down
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.
Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it cannot shift.
Check that your rear view mirrors con-
form to any applicable federal, state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.
TRAILER TOWING TIPS
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not tow-
ing. The three main causes of vehicle–
trailer accidents are driver error, exces-
sive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:
Before starting out, check operation of
the lights and all vehicle–trailer connec-
tions. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and con-
nections. Before actually towing a trail-
er, practice turning, stopping and back-
ing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.
Backing with a trailer is difficult and
requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This pro-
cedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer). Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
Because stopping distance may be in-
creased, vehicle–to–vehicle distance
should be increased when towing a
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length between you and the ve-
hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of control. This is especially
true on wet or slippery surfaces.
Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-
tion. If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, prevent excessive clutch
slippage by keeping engine rpm low
and not racing the engine. Always start
out in first gear.
Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.
The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.
Remember that when making a turn,
the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.
Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-
versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to pre-
pare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.
Be careful when passing other ve-
hicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room be-
fore changing lanes.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
214
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
In order to maintain engine braking effi-
ciency, do not use fifth gear (manual
transmission) or overdrive (automatic
transmission).
Because of the added load of the trail-
er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30C [85F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.
Always place wheel blocks under both
the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)
or in first or reverse (manual). Avoid
parking on a slope with a trailer, but
if it cannot be avoided, do so only
after performing the following:
1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-
der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or
“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.
When restarting out after parking on a
slope:
1. With the transmission in “P” position
(automatic) or the clutch pedal de-
pressed (manual), start the engine.
(With an automatic transmission, be
sure to keep the brake pedal de-
pressed.)
2. Shift into gear.
3. Release the parking brake (also foot
brake on automatic transmission ve-
hicles) and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.
CAUTION
Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or
the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because insta-
bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle–
trailer combination usually in-
creases as the speed increases, ex-
ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.
Slow down and downshift before
descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden down-
shifts.
Avoid holding the brake pedal down
too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking effi-
ciency.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
215
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:
Keep your tires inflated at the cor-
rect pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See Section
7–2 for instructions.
Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.
Avoid lengthy warm–up idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, howev-
er, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.
Always keep the automatic transmis-
sion overdrive switch turned on.
Driving with the overdrive switch off
will reduce the fuel economy. (For de-
tails, see “Automatic transmission” in
Section 1–6.)
Accelerate slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
gear as quickly as possible.
Avoid long engine idling. If you have
a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.
Avoid engine lugging or over–rev-
ving. Use a gear position suitable for
the road on which you are travelling.
Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down. Stop–and–go driving
wastes fuel.
Avoid unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-
tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-
den braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.
Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
or brake pedal. This causes premature
wear, overheating and poor fuel econo-
my.
Maintain a moderate speed on high-
ways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel con-
sumption.
Keep the front wheels in proper
alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.
Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle tuned–up and in
top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-
er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
and grease,brakes not adjusted, etc. all
lower engine performance and contrib-
ute to poor fuel economy. For longer
life of all parts and lower operating
costs, keep all maintenance work on
schedule, and if you often drive under
severe conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance.
(For scheduled maintenance informa-
tion, please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-
al Supplement”).
How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
216
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function with-
out the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is run-
ning.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
217
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
If your vehicle will not start 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 238. . . . . . . .
If you lose your keys 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
4
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
218
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting pro-
cedure given in “How to start the engine”
in Section 3 and that you have sufficient
fuel.
If the engine is not turning over or is
turning over too slowly—
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump start-
ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for further
instructions.
If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.
NOTICE
Do not pull– or push–start the ve-
hicle. It may damage the vehicle or
cause a collision when the engine
starts. Also the three–way catalytic
converter may overheat and become a
fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. The engine may be flooded because of
repeated cranking. See “(b) Starting a
flooded engine” for further instructions.
2. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.
If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the key to “START”
with the accelerator pedal held down.
Keep the key and accelerator pedal in
these positions for 15 seconds and re-
lease them. Then try starting the engine
with your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If the engine does not start after 15 se-
conds of cranking, release the key, wait
a few minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 se-
conds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
(b) Starting a flooded engine
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
219
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might re-
sult from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent me-
chanic or towing service.
CAUTION
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or ve-
hicle.
If you should accidentally get acid
on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water imme-
diately. Then get immediate medical
attention. If possible, continue to
apply water with a sponge or cloth
while en route to the medical office.
The gas normally produced by a
battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.
Warning: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.
JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unneces-
sary lights and accessories.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batter-
ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting, run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
(c) Jump starting
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
220
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Discharged battery
Booster
battery
Positive terminal
(“+” mark)
Jumper cable
Positive
terminal
(“+” mark)
4. Make the cable connections in the or-
der a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.
Jumper cable
Discharged battery
Booster battery
Negative
terminal
(“–” mark)
c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)
terminal on the booster battery.
d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting points
are shown in the following illustrations:
Connecting point for 2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE
engines
Connecting point for 5VZ–FE engine
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
221
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Do not connect the cable to or near
any part that moves when the engine
is cranked.
CAUTION
When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch any-
thing except the correct battery termi-
nals or the ground.
5. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.
6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked.
If your engine stalls while driving...
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try starting the engine again.
If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start”.
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you ex-
perience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-
hicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-
ply the parking brake. Turn off the air
conditioning if it is being used.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running.
CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.
If your engine stalls while
driving
If your vehicle overheats
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
222
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
3. Visually check to see if the engine
drive belt (fan belt) is broken or loose.
Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the engine drive belt is broken or the
coolant is leaking, stop the engine im-
mediately. Call a Toyota dealer for as-
sistance.
5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. and
there are no obvious leaks, you may
help the engine cool down more quickly
by running it at about 1500 rpm for a
few minutes with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry,
add coolant to the reservoir while the
engine is running. Fill it about half full.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to remove the radiator
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. Serious injury could result from
scalding hot fluid and steam blown
out under pressure.
7. After the engine coolant temperature
has cooled to normal, again check the
coolant level in the reservoir. If neces-
sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-
ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place well away from
the traffic. Avoid stopping on the center
divider of a highway. Park on a level
spot with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your
emergency flashers.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and put
the transmission in “P” (automatic) or
reverse (manual).
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions thor-
oughly.
CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe the
following to reduce the possibility of
personal injury:
Follow jacking instructions.
Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle supported by the
jack. Personal injury may occur.
Do not start or run the engine while
your vehicle is supported by the
jack.
If you have a flat tire—
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
223
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking brake
and put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or reverse (manual).
Block the wheel diagonally opposite
to the one being changed if neces-
sary.
Make sure to set the jack properly
in the jack point. Raising the ve-
hicle with jack improperly posi-
tioned will damage the vehicle or
may allow the vehicle to fall off the
jack and cause personal injury.
Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.
Use the jack only for lifting your
vehicle during wheel changing.
Do not raise the vehicle with some-
one in the vehicle.
When raising the vehicle, do not
put an object on or under the jack.
Raise the vehicle only high enough
to remove and change the tire.
NOTICE
Do not continue driving with a de-
flated tire. Driving even a short dis-
tance can damage a tire and wheel
beyond repair.
1. Get the required tools and spare
tire.
1 Wheel nut wrench
2 Jack handle
3Jack
To prepare yourself for an emergency, you
should familiarize yourself with the use of
the jack, each of the tools and their stor-
age locations.
—Required tools and spare tire
(regular cab models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
224
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Turn the jack joint by hand.
To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1
until the jack is free.
To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 until
the jack is firmly secured to prevent it
flying forward during a collision or sudden
braking.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Insert the end of the jack handle into
the lowering screw and turn it counter-
clockwise.
2. After the tire is lowered completely to
the ground, remove the holding brack-
et.
When storing the spare tire, put it in place
with the outer side of the wheel facing up.
Then secure the tire, taking care that the
tire goes straight up without catching on
any other part, to prevent it from flying
forward during a collision or sudden brak-
ing.
Xtra–cab models
Double cab models
—Required tools and spare tire
(Xtra–cab and double cab
models)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
225
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Get the required tools and spare
tire.
1 Tool bag
2Jack
To prepare yourself for an emergency, you
should familiarize yourself with the use of
the jack, each of the tools and their stor-
age locations.
Turn the jack joint by hand.
To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1
until the jack is free.
To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 until
the jack is firmly secured to prevent it
flying forward during a collision or sudden
braking.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Put a jack handle, jack handle exten-
sion and jack handle end together as
shown in the illustration.
1 Jack handle end
2 Jack handle extension
3 Jack handle
CAUTION
Make sure they are securely fixed
with the screw.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
226
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
2. Insert the end of the jack handle exten-
sion into the lowering screw and turn
it counterclockwise with the handle,
making sure the handle remains firmly
fitted onto the jack handle extension.
3. After the tire is lowered completely to
the ground, remove the holding brack-
et.
When storing the spare tire, put it in place
with the outer side of the wheel facing up.
Then secure the tire, taking care that the
tire goes straight up without catching on
any other part, to prevent it from flying
forward during a collision or sudden brak-
ing.
2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire to keep the vehicle from
rolling when it is jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a wheel
block from the front for the front wheels
or from the rear for the rear wheels.
Type A
Type B
—Blocking the wheel —Removing wheel ornament
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
227
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Type C
Type D
Type E
3. Remove the wheel ornament.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench as
shown.
CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the ornament by
hand. Take due care in handling the
ornament to avoid unexpected person-
al injury.
4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Always loosen the wheel nuts before rais-
ing the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to
loosen. To get maximum leverage, fit the
wrench to the nut so that the handle is
on the right side, as shown above. Grab
the wrench near the end of the handle
and pull up on the handle. Be careful that
the wrench does not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew
them about one–half turn.
—Loosening wheel nuts
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
228
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
RearFront
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
RearFront
Four–wheel drive models and Pre Runner
5. Position the jack at the correct jack
point as shown.
Make sure the jack is positioned on a
level and solid place.
JACK POINTS:
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner
Front—Under the frame side rail
Rear—Under the rear axle housing
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner
Front—Under the front suspension
cross member
Rear—Under the rear axle housing
Specified
jack point
NOTICE
Only put the jack to the specified jack
point; otherwise your vehicle may be
damaged.
—Positioning the jack
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
229
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Xtra–cab and double cab models—Put a
jack handle, jack handle extension and
jack handle end together as shown in the
illustration.
1 Jack handle end
2 Jack handle extension
3 Jack handle
CAUTION
Make sure they are securely fixed
with the screw.
6. After making sure that no one is in
the vehicle, raise it high enough so
that the spare tire can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare tire
than when removing the flat tire.
Regular cab models—To raise the vehicle,
insert the jack handle into the jack (it is
a loose fit) and turn it clockwise. As the
jack touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
double–check that it is properly positioned.
Xtra–cab and double cab models—To raise
the vehicle, insert the jack handle exten-
sion into the jack (it is a loose fit) and
turn it clockwise with the handle, making
sure the handle remains firmly fitted onto
the jack handle extension. As the jack
touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
double–check that it is properly positioned.
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when the
vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.
—Raising your vehicle
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
230
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
7. Remove the wheel nuts and change
tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the bolts.
Then lift up the wheel and get at least the
top bolt started through its hole. Wiggle
the tire and press it back over the other
bolts.
Before putting on wheels, remove any cor-
rosion on the mounting surfaces with a
wire brush or such. Installation of wheels
without good metal–to–metal contact at the
mounting surface can cause wheel nuts to
loosen and eventually cause a wheel to
come off while driving. Therefore after the
first 1600 km (1000 miles), check to see
that the wheel nuts are tight.
8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger
tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end in-
ward) and tighten them as much as you
can by hand. Press back on the tire back
and see if you can tighten them more.
—Changing wheels —Reinstalling wheel nuts
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
231
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Two–wheel drive models except Pre Run-
ner
Four–wheel drive models and Pre Runner
9. Lower the vehicle completely and
tighten the wheel nuts.
Regular cab models—Turn the jack handle
counterclockwise to lower the vehicle.
Xtra–cab and double cab models—Turn
the jack handle extension counterclock-
wise with handle to lower the vehicle,
making sure the handle remains firmly
fitted onto the jack handle extension.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and turn
it clockwise to tighten the nuts. Do not
use other tools or any additional leverage
other than your hands, such as a hammer,
pipe or your foot. Make sure the wrench
is securely engaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in the
order shown. Repeat the process until all
the nuts are tight.
CAUTION
When lowering the vehicle, make sure
all portions of your body and all oth-
er persons around will not be injured
as the vehicle is lowered to the
ground.
10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.
Put the wheel ornament into position and
then tap it firmly with the side or heel of
your hand to snap it into place.
CAUTION
Take due care in handling the orna-
ment to avoid unexpected personal
injury.
—Lowering your vehicle —Reinstalling wheel ornament
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
232
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
11. Check the air pressure of the re-
placed tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specification
designated in Section 8. If the pressure is
lower, drive slowly to the nearest service
station and fill to the correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation
valve cap as dirt and moisture could get
into the valve core and possibly cause air
leakage. If the cap is missing, have a new
one put on as soon as possible.
12. Restow all the tools, jack and flat
tire securely.
As soon after changing wheels as pos-
sible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torque
specified in Section 8 with a torque
wrench. Have a technician repair the flat
tire.
CAUTION
Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are securely
in place in their storage location to
reduce the possibility of personal in-
jury during a collision or sudden
braking.
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front
—From rear
(b) Using flat bed truck
Two–wheel drive models
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front
—From rear
(b) Using flat bed truck
Four–wheel drive models
—After changing wheels
If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
233
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by your Toyota dealer
or a commercial tow truck service. In
consultation with them, have your ve-
hicle towed using either (a) or (b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or com-
mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-
hicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency tow-
ing” in this section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.
Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following pre-
cautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.
TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.
Two–wheel drive models—
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—
Manual transmission:
We recommend using a towing dolly under
the rear wheels. If you do not use a tow-
ing dolly, release the parking brake and
put the transmission in neutral.
Automatic transmission:
Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.
NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the front with the
rear wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.
From rear—Place the ignition key in the
“ACC” position.
NOTICE
When lifting wheels, take care to
ensure adequate ground clearance
for towing at the opposite end of
the raised vehicle. Otherwise, the
bumper and/or underbody of the
towed vehicle will be damaged dur-
ing towing.
Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position, as the
steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight while towing.
(b) Using flat bed truck
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
234
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Four–wheel drive models—
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—
Manual transmission:
We recommend using a towing dolly under
the rear wheels. If you do not use a tow-
ing dolly, release the parking brake, put
the transmission in neutral and set the
transfer in “H2” mode.
Automatic transmission:
Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.
NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the front with the
rear wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.
From rear—We recommend using a tow-
ing dolly under the front wheels. If you do
not use a towing dolly, place the ignition
key in the “ACC” position, put the trans-
mission in neutral and set the transfer in
“H2” mode.
NOTICE
Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position when towing
from the rear without a towing dolly.
The steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight.
(b) Using flat bed truck
(c) Towing with sling type
truck
All models—
(c) Towing with sling type truck
NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-
ther from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
235
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
vice.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-
rarily towed by a cable or chain se-
cured to one of the emergency towing
eyelets under the front of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Only use specified towing eyelet;
otherwise your vehicle may be dam-
aged.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or errat-
ic driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the emer-
gency towing eyelet and towing cable
or chain. The eyelet and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelet provided.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in neutral (manu-
al) or “N” (automatic). The key must be
in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-
ning).
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
—Emergency towing
(two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
236
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
vice.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-
rarily towed by a cable or chain se-
cured to the emergency towing hook
under the front of the vehicle. Use ex-
treme caution when towing the vehicle.
NOTICE
Only use specified towing hook;
otherwise your vehicle may be dam-
aged.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or errat-
ic driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the emer-
gency towing hook and towing cable
or chain. The hook and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing hook provided.
Before towing, release the parking brake,
put the transmission in neutral (manual) or
“N” (automatic) and set the transfer in
“H2” mode. The key must be in “ACC”
(engine off) or “ON” (engine running).
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
—Emergency towing
(four–wheel drive models and
Pre Runner)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
237
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged and
that the installation bolts are not loose.
Fasten the towing cable or chain se-
curely to the hook.
Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and
even force.
To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle. Always pull straight ahead.
CAUTION
If the emergency towing hook is used
to get out when your vehicle becomes
stuck in the mud, sand or other
condition from which the vehicle can-
not be driven out under its own pow-
er, make sure to observe the precau-
tions mentioned below. Otherwise, ex-
cessive stress will be put on the
hook and the towing cable or chain
may break, causing serious injury or
damage.
If the towing vehicle can hardly
move, do not forcibly continue the
towing. Contact your Toyota dealer
or a commercial tow truck service
for assistance.
Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.
Keep away from the vehicle during
towing.
The following methods are effective to
use when your vehicle is stuck in the
mud, sand or other condition from
which the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power. Use extreme cau-
tion when towing the vehicle. In addi-
tion, keep away from the vehicles and
towing cable or chain when towing.
Remove the sand and soil in the front
and the back of the tires.
Place stones or wood under the tires.
—Emergency towing hook
precautions (four–wheel drive
models and Pre Runner)
—Tips for towing a stuck
vehicle (four–wheel drive
models and Pre Runner)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
238
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is de-
pressed, use the shift lock override but-
ton as follows:
1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”
position. Make sure the parking
brake is applied.
2. Pry up the cover with a flat–bladed
screwdriver or equivalent.
3. Insert your finger into the hole to
move the shift lock override lever
backward. You can shift out of “P”
position only while holding back the
lever.
4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number.
See the suggestion given in “Keys” in
Section 1–2.
If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window be-
cause it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.
If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
If you lose your keys
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
239
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing and waxing your Toyota 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the interior 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
5
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
240
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Toyota, through its diligent research, de-
sign and use of the most advanced
technology available, has done its part to
help prevent corrosion and has provided
you with the finest quality vehicle
construction. Now, it is up to you. Proper
care of your Toyota can help ensure long–
term corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:
The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hard–to–reach areas under
the vehicle.
Chipping of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.
Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your ve-
hicle under certain environmental condi-
tions:
Road salt or dust control chemicals will
accelerate corrosion, as will the pres-
ence of salt in the air near the sea–
coast or in areas of industrial pollution.
High humidity accelerates corrosion es-
pecially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.
Wetness or dampness to certain parts
of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.
High ambient temperatures can cause
corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which are prevented from
quick–drying due to lack of proper ven-
tilation.
The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any dam-
age to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.
To help prevent corrosion on your
Toyota, follow these guidelines:
Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:
If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize cor-
rosion.
High pressure water or steam is effec-
tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing them.
The lower edge of doors, rocker panels
and frame members have drain holes
which should not be allowed to clog
with dirt as trapped water in these
areas can cause corrosion.
Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-
oughly when winter is over.
See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” for
more tips.
Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up im-
mediately to prevent corrosion from start-
ing. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.
Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
241
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-
ter and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-
casionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly care-
ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-
ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Full–size
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-
lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it in covered
with water or snow, your garage may be
so damp it will cause corrosion. Even if
your garage is heated, a wet vehicle can
corrode if the ventilation is poor.
Washing your Toyota
Keep your vehicle clean by regular
washing.
The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-
sible.
When driving in a coastal area
When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze
When having coal tar, tree sap, bird
droppings and carcass of an insect
When driving in the areas where there
is a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust
and chemical substance
When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud
Hand–washing your Toyota
Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not hot to the touch.
CAUTION
When cleaning under floor or chassis,
be careful not to injure your hands.
1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-
move any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or in the
wheel wells.
2. Wash with a mild car–wash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic sub-
stances splashes an ornament, be sure to
wash it off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.
CAUTION
Do not attach the heavily damaged
plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off
the wheel and cause accidents while
the vehicle is moving.
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.
Washing and waxing your
Toyota
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
242
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (gaso-
line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-
vents), which may be toxic or cause
damage.
3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.
Waxing your Toyota
Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Once a month or if the vehicle surface
does not repel water well, apply wax.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-
fore you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weath-
ered, use a car–cleaning polish, fol-
lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-
low the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the sur-
face in large patches.
CAUTION
Do not wash the vehicle floor with
water, or allow water to get onto the
floor when cleaning the vehicle interi-
or or exterior. Water may get into
audio components or other electrical
components above or under the floor
carpet (or mat) and cause a malfunc-
tion; and it may cause body corro-
sion.
Vinyl interior
The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.
First vacuum over the upholstery to re-
move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-
peat the procedure. Commercial foaming–
type vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.
Cleaning the interior
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
243
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.
Carpets
Use a good foam–type shampoo to
clean the carpets.
Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to pro-
duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.
Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.
Seat belts
The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-
ing, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.
NOTICE
Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.
Do not use the belts until they be-
come dry.
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.
Air conditioning control panel, car au-
dio, instrument panel, console panel,
and switches
Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.
Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-
warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (sol-
vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discol-
oring, staining or peeling of the
surface.
If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances men-
tioned above.
If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not spill the liquid onto the ve-
hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-
tain the ingredients mentioned
above. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.
Leather Interior
The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.
Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
244
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-
lated shaded area.
NOTICE
If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.
Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline or
alkaline or acid solutions for clean-
ing the leather as these could
cause discoloring.
Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.
Mildew may develop on soiled leath-
er upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.
Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your ve-
hicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.
The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days, so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.
Improper cleaning of the leather up-
holstery could result in discolor-
ation or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
245
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Maintenance requirements 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 250. . . . . . . . .
For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
SECTION
6
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
246
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with long-
er service intervals to save both your time
and money. However, each regular mainte-
nance, as well as day–to–day care, is
more important than ever before to ensure
smooth, and trouble–free, safe, and eco-
nomical drivings.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and emis-
sion control system warranties specify that
proper maintenance and care must be per-
formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment” for complete warranty information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those day–
to–day care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to ensure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.
Scheduled maintenance
The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular inter-
vals.
For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.
The owner may elect to use non–Toyota
supplied parts for replacement pur-
poses without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effec-
tiveness of the emission control sys-
tems.
You may also elect to have mainte-
nance, replacement, or repair of the
emission control devices and system
performed by any automotive repair es-
tablishment or individual without invali-
dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement” for complete war-
ranty information.
Where to go for service?
Toyota technicians are well–trained spe-
cialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and in–dealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.
You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance require-
ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-
nomically.
Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been per-
formed for warranty coverage. And if any
problems should arise with your vehicle
while under warranty, your Toyota dealer
will promptly take care of it. Again, be
sure to keep a copy of the repair order
for any service performed on your Toyota.
Maintenance requirements
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
247
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
What about do–it–yourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechani-
cal ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to per-
form them are presented in Section 7.
If you are a skilled do–it–yourself mechan-
ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-
mended. Please be aware that do–it–your-
self maintenance can affect your warranty
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment” for the details.
Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as fre-
quently as specified. In addition to check-
ing the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-
fied service shop immediately. It is recom-
mended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.
CAUTION
Make these checks only where ade-
quate ventilation can be obtained if
you run the engine.
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Tire pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge every
two weeks, or at least once a month. See
Section 7–2 for additional information.
Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts, damage
or excessive wear. See Section 7–2 for
additional information. When checking the
tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and
check the nuts for looseness. Tighten
them if necessary.
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires according to the mainte-
nance schedule. (For scheduled mainte-
nance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-
er’s Manual Supplement”.) See Section
7–2 for additional information.
Fluid leaks
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-
ter or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including tailgate op-
erate smoothly and all latches lock se-
curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-
ondary latch secures the hood from
opening when the primary latch is re-
leased.
General maintenance
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
248
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working. Check headlight aim.
Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers
Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.
Steering wheel
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.
Seats
Check that all seat controls such as seat
adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate
smoothly and that all latches lock securely
in any position. Check that the head re-
straints move up and down smoothly and
that the locks hold securely in any latched
position. For folding–down seatback
(bench seat) and rear seatback (rear split
bench seat), check that the latches lock
securely.
Seat belts
Check that the seat belt system such as
buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt
webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-
aged.
Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.
Clutch pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation.
Brake pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.
Brakes
At a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.
Parking brake
Check that the lever has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-
nism
Check the lock release button of the se-
lector lever (floor shift type) for proper
and smooth operation. On a safe incline,
check that your vehicle is held securely
with the selector lever in “P” position and
all brakes released.
IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See Section 7–3 for additional in-
formation.
Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “F” and “L” lines on the see–through
reservoir when the engine is cold. See
Section 7–2 for additional information.
Radiator, condenser and hoses
Check that the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked with
leaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section
7–2 for additional information.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
249
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Battery electrolyte level
Make sure the electrolyte level of all bat-
tery cells is between upper and lower lev-
el lines on the case. Add only distilled
water when replenishing. See Section 7–3
for additional information.
Brake fluid level
Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See Section 7–2 for additional information.
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See Section 7–2 for addi-
tional information.
Power steering fluid level
Check the level on the dipstick. The level
should be in the “HOT” or “COLD” range
depending on the fluid temperature. See
Section 7–2 for additional information.
Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immedi-
ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” in
Section 2.)
Be on the alert for changes in perfor-
mance, sounds, and visual tip–offs that
indicate service is needed. Some impor-
tant clues are as follows:
Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-
ter dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)
Change in exhaust sound (This may
indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked im-
mediately.)
Flat–looking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear
Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road
Strange noises related to suspension
movement
Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
feeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-
most touches floor; vehicle pulls to one
side when braking
Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal
If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the ve-
hicle unchecked. It could result in se-
rious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.
Does your vehicle need
repairing?
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
250
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Some states have vehicle emission in-
spection programs which include OBD
(On–Board Diagnostics) checks.
The OBD system monitors the operation
of the emission control system. When the
OBD system determines that a problem
exists somewhere in the emission control
system, the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even if the malfunction indicator lamp
does not come on, your vehicle may not
pass the I/M test as readiness codes
have not been set in the OBD system.
Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.
Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary mal-
function such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips, but the
error code in the OBD system will not be
cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
taken.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
even the malfunction indicator lamp does
not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
to prepare the vehicle for re–testing.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
251
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse locations 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Do–it–yourself service precautions 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and tools 256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
7
–
1
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
252
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Engine oil filler cap
2. Engine oil level dipstick
3. Power steering fluid reservoir
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Fuse block
6. Battery
7. Engine coolant reservoir
8. Condenser
9. Radiator
10. Windshield washer fluid tank
Engine compartment overview
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
253
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Engine oil filler cap
2. Brake fluid reservoir
3. Fuse block
4. Battery
5. Engine coolant reservoir
6. Engine oil level dipstick
7. Condenser
8. Radiator
9. Power steering fluid reservoir
10. Windshield washer fluid tank
5VZ–FE engine
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
254
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Spare
fuses
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this section.
You should be aware that improper or in-
complete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing do–it–yourself maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.
This section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.
For information on tools and parts for do–
it–yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools”.
Utmost care should be taken when work-
ing on your vehicle to prevent accidental
injury. Here are a few precautions that
you should be especially careful to ob-
serve:
Fuse locations
Do–it–yourself service
precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
255
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive belts. (Removing rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)
Right after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold, power steering
fluid reservoir and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-
ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.
If the engine is hot, do not remove
the radiator cap or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.
Do not get under your vehicle with
just the body jack supporting it. Al-
ways use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.
Use eye protection whenever you
work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
Used engine oil contains potentially
harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as in-
flammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To re-
move used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.
Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.
Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and fil-
ter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
Be extremely cautious when work-
ing on the battery. It contains poi-
sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Warning: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or volt-
ages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.
Add only demineralized or distilled
water to fill the radiator. And if you
spill some of the coolant, be sure
to wash it off with water to prevent
it from damaging the parts or paint.
Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plug holes.
Do not pry the outer electrode of a
spark plug against the center elec-
trode.
Use only spark plugs of the speci-
fied type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of per-
formance or radio noise.
Do not overfill automatic transmis-
sion fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.
Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
256
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.
When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not for-
gotten any tools, rags, etc.
Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need on performing do–it–yourself mainte-
nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-
signed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Parts (if level is low):
Engine oil API grade SJ
“Energy–Conserving”, SL
“Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC
multigrade having viscosity proper for
your climate
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding oil)
CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT
LEVEL
Parts (if level is low):
“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-
lent
See Section 7–2 for details about cool-
ant type selection.
Demineralized or distilled water
Tools:
Funnel (only for adding coolant)
CHECKING BRAKE FLUID
Parts (if level is low):
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
brake fluid
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID
Parts (if level is low):
Automatic transmission fluid
DEXRONII or III
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
Tools:
Warm water
Baking soda
Grease
Conventional wrench (for terminal
clamp bolts)
Parts and tools
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
257
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES
Parts (if replacement is necessary):
Fuse with same amperage rating as
original
ADDING WASHER FLUID
Parts:
Water
Washer fluid containing antifreeze
(for winter use)
Tools:
Funnel
REPLACING LIGHT BULBS
Parts:
Bulb with same number and wattage
rating as original (See charts in “Re-
placing light bulbs” in Section 7–3.)
Tools:
Screwdriver
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
259
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the engine coolant level 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the radiator and condenser 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking brake fluid 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking power steering fluid 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking tire pressure 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing tires 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating tires 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing snow tires and chains 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing wheels 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum wheel precautions 269. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
7
–
2
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
260
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Low level Full level
Type A
Type B
Add oil O.K. Too full
With the engine at operating tempera-
ture and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.
1. To get a true reading, the vehicle
should be on a level spot. After turning
off the engine, wait a few minutes for
the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.
2. Pull out the dipstick, and wipe it clean
with a rag.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level on the end.
CAUTION
Be careful not to touch the hot ex-
haust manifold.
If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.
Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick.
The approximate quantity of oil needed to
fill between the low level and the full level
on the dipstick is indicated below for ref-
erence.
When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap hand–tight.
Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
1.5 (1.6, 1.3)
5VZ–FE engine
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner
1.5 (1.6, 1.3)
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner
1.2 (1.3, 1.1)
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the engine
could be damaged.
Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.
Engine oil selection
Use API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”,
SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC
multigrade engine oil.
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
5W-30 Preferred
Temperature range anticipated before
next oil change
SAE 5W–30 is the best choice for your
vehicle, for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
Checking the engine oil level
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
261
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If you use SAE 10W–30 engine oil in
extremely low temperatures, the engine
may become difficult to start, so SAE
5W–30 engine oil is recommended.
API service symbol
ILSAC certification mark
Oil identification marks
Either or both API registered marks are
added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.
The API Service Symbol is located any-
where on the outside of the container.
The top portion of the label shows the oil
quality by API (American Petroleum Insti-
tute) designations such as SL. The center
portion of the label shows the SAE viscos-
ity grade such as SAE 5W–30. “Energy–
Conserving” shown in the lower portion,
indicates that the oil has fuel–saving ca-
pabilities.
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-
dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-
fication Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
262
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Look at the see–through coolant reser-
voir when the engine is cold. The cool-
ant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.
If the level is low, add ethylene–glycol
type coolant for a proper corrosion
protection of aluminum components.
The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “L” line, add
coolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.
Always use ethylene–glycol type coolant
for a proper corrosion protection of alumi-
num components. See information in the
next column.
If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain
cock and water pump.
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the radiator cap when the en-
gine is hot.
Coolant type selection
Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system. Your coolant
must contain ethylene–glycol type coolant
for a proper corrosion protection of your
engine that contains aluminum
components. Use “TOYOTA Long Life
Coolant” or equivalent.
In addition to preventing freezing and
subsequent damage to the engine, this
type of coolant will also prevent corrosion.
Further supplemental inhibitors or additives
are neither needed nor recommended.
Read the coolant container for information
on freeze protection. Follow the manufac-
turer’s directions for how much to mix
with plain water (preferably demineralized
water or distilled water). The total capacity
of the cooling system is given in Section
8.
We recommend to use 50% solution for
your Toyota, to provide protection down to
about –35C (–31F). When it is extreme-
ly cold, to provide protection down to
about –50C (–58F), 60% solution is rec-
ommended. Do not use more than 70%
solution for better coolant performance.
NOTICE
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
Checking the engine coolant
level
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
263
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If either of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condi-
tion, take your vehicle to Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent yourself from burning, be
careful not to touch the radiator or
condenser when the engine is hot.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
work by yourself.
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see–through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical prob-
lem.
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.
CAUTION
Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
eyes and damage painted surfaces. If
fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water immediately. If
you still feel uncomfortable with your
eyes, go to the doctor.
NOTICE
If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash
it off with water to prevent it from
damaging the parts or paint.
Checking the radiator and
condenser
Checking brake fluid
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
264
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If cold add
If cold O.K.
If hot add
If hot O.K.
Check the fluid level on the dipstick. If
necessary, add automatic transmission
fluid DEXRONII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (40C—80C or 104F—175F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is cold (about room temperature,
0C—40C or 32F—104F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.
a. Clean all dirt from outside of the reser-
voir tank.
b. Remove the reservoir cap by turning it
counterclockwise and wipe the dipstick
clean.
c. Reinstall the reservoir cap
d. Remove the reservoir cap again and
look at the fluid level. If the fluid is
cold, the level should be in the “COLD”
range on the dipstick. Similarly, if it is
hot, the fluid level should be in the
“HOT” range. If the level is at the low
side of either range, add automatic
transmission fluid DEXRONII or III to
bring the level within the range.
e. After replacing the reservoir cap, visu-
ally check the steering box case, vane
pump and hose connections for leaks
or damage.
CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-
ing could be damaged.
Keep your tire pressures at the proper
level.
The recommended cold tire pressures, tire
size and the cargo weight rating are given
in Section 8. Tire size and pressure are
also on the tire pressure label as shown.
You should check the tire pressures every
two weeks, or at least once a month. And
do not forget the spare!
Checking power steering fluid Checking tire pressure
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
265
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Incorrect tire pressure can reduce tire
life and make your vehicle less safe to
drive.
Low tire pressure results in excessive
wear, poor handling, reduced fuel econo-
my, and the possibility of blowouts from
overheated tires. Also, low tire pressure
can cause poor sealing of the tire bead.
If the tire pressure is excessively low,
there is the possibility of wheel deforma-
tion and/or tire separation.
High tire pressure produces a harsh ride,
handling problems, excessive wear at the
center of the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of tire damage from road haz-
ards.
If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.
The following instructions for checking
tire pressure should be observed:
The pressure should be checked only
when the tires are cold. If your ve-
hicle has been parked for at least 3
hours and has not been driven for
more than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, you
will get an accurate cold tire pressure
reading.
Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of a tire can be mis-
leading. Besides, tire pressures that
are even just a few pounds off can
degrade ride and handling
Do not bleed or reduce tire pressure
after driving. It is normal for the tire
pressure to be higher after driving.
Never exceed the cargo weight rat-
ing. The luggage weight should be dis-
tributed evenly.
Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve caps,
dirt or moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If the caps
have been lost, have new ones put on
as soon as possible.
Tread wear indicator
CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tire tread for the tread wear
indicators. If the indicators show, re-
place the tires.
The tires on your Toyota have built–in
tread wear indicators to help you know
when the tires need replacement. When
the tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06
in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If
you can see the indicators in two or more
adjacent grooves, the tire should be re-
placed. The lower the tread, the higher
the risk of skidding.
The effectiveness of snow tires is lost
if the tread wears down below 4 mm
(0.16 in.).
Checking and replacing tires
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
266
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Check the tires regularly for damage
such as cuts, splits and cracks. If any
damage is found, consult with a techni-
cian and have the tire repaired or re-
placed.
Even if the damage does not appear seri-
ous, a qualified technician should examine
the damage. Objects which have pene-
trated the tire may have caused internal
damage.
Any tires which are over 6 years old
must be checked by a qualified techni-
cian even if damage is not obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This also applies to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.
REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use only the
same size and construction as original-
ly installed and with the same or great-
er load capacity.
Using any other size or type of tire may
seriously affect handling, ride, speedome-
ter/odometer calibration, ground clearance,
and clearance between the body and tires
or snow chains.
CAUTION
Do not mix radial, bias belted, or
bias–ply tires on your vehicle. It
can cause dangerous handling char-
acteristics, resulting in loss of con-
trol.
Do not use tires or wheels other
than the manufacturer’s recom-
mended size.
Toyota recommends all four tires, or at
least both front or rear tires be re-
placed as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4
for tire change procedure.
When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle
handling and tire life. Wheels can get out
of balance with regular use and should
therefore be balanced occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the air
valve should also be replaced with a
new one.
With a spare tire of the same wheel type
as the installed tires
With a spare tire of different wheel type
from the installed tires
Rotating tires
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
267
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
To equalize the wear and help extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that you
rotate your tires according to the main-
tenance schedule. (For scheduled main-
tenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) Howev-
er, the most appropriate timing for tire
rotation may vary according to your
driving habits and road surface condi-
tions.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4
for tire change procedure.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usu-
ally caused by incorrect tire pressure, im-
proper wheel alignment, out–of–balance
wheels, or severe braking.
WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR
CHAINS
Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.
SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select the same
size, construction and load capacity as
the original tires on your Toyota.
Do not use tires other than those men-
tioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.
SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION
Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.
Installing snow tires on the rear wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.
When storing removed tires, you should
store them in a cool dry place.
Mark the direction of rotation and be sure
to install them in the same direction when
replacing.
CAUTION
Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.
Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.
TIRE CHAIN SELECTION
Use the tire chains of correct size.
Regulations regarding the use of tire
chains vary according to location or
type of road, so always check them
before installing chains.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Install the chains on the rear tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the front tires. Retighten
chains after driving 0.5—1.0 km
(1/4—1/2 mile).
When installing chains on your tires, care-
fully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.
Installing snow tires and
chains
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
268
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or
the chain manufacturer’s recom-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
Drive carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.
Avoid sharp turns or locked–wheel
braking, as use of chains may ad-
versely affect vehicle handling.
When driving with chains installed,
be sure to drive carefully. Slow
down before entering the curves to
avoid losing control of the vehicle.
Otherwise an accident may occur.
NOTICE
Two–wheel drive model with
P235/55R16 size tire:
Due to a lack of wheel clearance, do
not use tire chains as they can dam-
age your vehicle.
WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace damaged wheels, the
tire may slip off the wheel or cause loss
of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are re-
placed by ones with the same load ca-
pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bear-
ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-
eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-
ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.
Replacement with used wheels is not rec-
ommended as they may have been sub-
jected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.
Replacing wheels
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
269
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
When installing aluminum wheels,
check that the wheel nuts are tight
after driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles).
If you have rotated, repaired, or
changed your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving
1600 km (1000 miles).
When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.
Use only the Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for your aluminum
wheels.
When balancing your wheels, use only
Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.
As with any wheel, periodically check
your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.
Aluminum wheel precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
271
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
7
–
3
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
272
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.
Do not cause a spark from the bat-
tery with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.
The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.
Never ingest electrolyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when
working near the battery.
Keep children away from the bat-
tery.
EMERGENCY MEASURES
If electrolyte gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, con-
tinue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medi-
cal office.
If electrolyte gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medi-
cal attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
there is a possibility of its soaking
through to your skin, so immediate-
ly take off the exposed clothing and
follow the procedure above, if nec-
essary.
If you accidentally swallow electro-
lyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magne-
sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emer-
gency help.
Warning: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Terminals Ground cable
Hold–down
clamp
Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
hold–down clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and bak-
ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-
nals with grease to prevent further cor-
rosion.
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
c. Tighten the hold–down clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.
Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
—Checking battery exterior
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
273
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
NOTICE
Be sure the engine and all accesso-
ries are off before performing main-
tenance.
When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“–” mark) first and rein-
stall it last.
Be careful not to cause a short cir-
cuit with tools.
Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.
Type A
Green Dark
Clear or
light yellow
Type B
Blue White Red
CHECKING BY INDICATOR
Check the battery condition by the indi-
cator color.
Indicator color
Condition
Type A Type B
C
on
di
t
i
on
Green Blue Good
Dark White
Charging necessary.
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
Clear or
light
yellow
Red
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
During recharging, the battery is pro-
ducing hydrogen gas.
Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
2. Be sure the power switch on the re-
charger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.
CAUTION
Always charge the battery in an un-
confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventila-
tion.
Only do a slow charge (5 A or
less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may ex-
plode, causing personal injuries.
NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
—Checking battery fluid Battery recharging precautions
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
274
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Type A
Good
Blown
Type B
Good Blown
Type C
Good Blown
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
See “Fuse locations” in Section 7–1 for
locations of the fuses.
Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull a suspected fuse
straight out and check it.
Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
Section 8 of this manual for the functions
controlled by each circuit.
Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
pull–out tool. The location of the pull–out
tool is shown in the illustration.
If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-
ing designated on the fuse box lid.
If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “ACC”,
“DOME” or “A.C” fuse, which may be dis-
pensable for normal driving, and use it if
its amperage rating is the same.
If you cannot use one of the same amper-
age, use one that is lower, but as close
as possible to the rating. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your ve-
hicle for emergencies.
Checking and replacing fuses
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
275
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical sys-
tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher am-
perage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause ex-
tensive damage and possibly a fire.
If any washer does not work, the wash-
er tank may be empty. Add washer
fluid.
You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where tempera-
tures range below freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.
The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.
CAUTION
To prevent yourself from burning,
do not replace the light bulbs while
they are hot.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.
NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.
Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
276
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
The inside of the lens of exterior lights
such as headlights may temporarily fog up
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
in a car wash. This is not a problem
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside
and inside of the lens, just like the
windshield fogged up in the rain. However,
if there is a large drop of water on the
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your
Toyota dealer.
Light bulbs
Bulb
No.
W Type
Headlights — 60/55 A
Parking lights 168 5 B
Front turn signal
lights
4157
NAK
27/8 C
Rear turn signal
lights
1156 27 D
Stop/tail lights 1157 27/8 D
Back–up lights 921 18 B
License plate
lights
194 3.8 B
High mounted
stoplight
168 5 B
Interior light
Regular cab
Xtra–cab and
double cab
—
—
5
10
E
E
Personal lights — 5 E
Door courtesy
lights
— 3 E
Glove box light — 1.4 B
A: HB2 halogen bulbs
B: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
D: Single end bulbs
E: Double end bulbs
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
277
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
1. Open the hood. Unplug the connec-
tor. Remove the rubber cover.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.
2. Release the bulb retaining spring
and remove the bulb. Install a new
bulb and the bulb retaining spring.
To install a bulb, align the tabs of the
bulb with the cutouts of the mounting
hole.
3. Install the rubber cover with the
“TOP PULL” mark upward and
snuggle on the boss. Then plug in
the connector.
Make sure the rubber cover fits snugly on
the connector and the headlight body.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-
essary, contact your Toyota dealer.
—Headlights
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
279
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Inner side
screws
30 mm
(1.2 in.)
Outer side screws
45 mm (1.8 in.)
Use a Phillips–head screwdriver. a: Rear turn signal light
b: Stop/tail light
c: Back–up light
—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,
and back–up lights
—License plate lights
(type A)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
281
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payload 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service specifications 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
8
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
282
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Dimensions
Regular cab models Xtra–cab models
Overall length
Overall height
∗
8
Front tread
Rear tread
Overall width
Wheelbase
4540 (178.7)
∗
1
4685 (184.4)
∗
2
5010 (197.2)
∗
1
5155 (203.0)
∗
2
1690 (66.5)
1765 (69.5)
∗
3, 4
1690 (66.5)
1625 (64.0)
∗
4, 6
1615 (63.6)
∗
5, 6
1620 (63.8)
∗
4, 7
1630 (64.2)
∗
5, 7
3095 (121.9)
1450 (57.1)
1455 (57.3)1455 (57.3)
1450 (57.1)
2625 (103.3)
1590 (62.5)
∗
3, 4
1605 (63.2)
∗
4
1615 (63.6)
∗
5
∗
1
: Without rear step bumper
∗
2
: With rear step bumper
∗
3
: With 5VZ–FE engine
∗
4
: With P235/55R16 tires
∗
5
: With P205/75R15 tires
∗
6
: With automatic transmission
∗
7
: With manual transmission
∗
8
: Unladen vehicle
TWO–WHEEL DRIVE MODELS EXCEPT PRE RUNNER mm (in.)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
283
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE MODELS AND PRE RUNNER mm (in.)
Regular cab models Xtra–cab models Double cab models
Overall length 4685 (184.4) 5155 (203.0) 5155 (203.0)
Overall width
1690 (66.5)
∗
1
1785 (70.3)
∗
2
1690 (66.5)
∗
1
1785 (70.3)
∗
2
1785 (70.3)
Overall height
∗
4
1720 (67.7)
∗
1
1750 (68.9)
∗
2
1715 (67.5)
∗
1
1745 (68.7)
∗
2
1715 (67.5)
∗
1
1745 (68.7)
∗
2
1780 (70.1)
∗
1, 3
1810 (71.3)
∗
2, 3
Wheelbase 2625 (103.3) 3095 (121.9) 3095 (121.9)
Front tread
1460 (57.5)
∗
1
1500 (59.1)
∗
2
1460 (57.5)
∗
1
1500 (59.1)
∗
2
1460 (57.5)
∗
1
1500 (59.1)
∗
2
Rear tread
1455 (57.3)
∗
1
1495 (58.9)
∗
2
1455 (57.3)
∗
1
1495 (58.9)
∗
2
1455 (57.3)
∗
1
1495 (58.9)
∗
2
∗
1
: With P225/75R15 tires
∗
2
: With P265/70R16 tires
∗
3
: With roof rails
∗
4
: Unladen vehicle
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
284
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Without off–road package kg (lb.)
Regular cab
Manual transmission 680 (1500)
2RZ–FE engine
R
egu
l
ar ca
b
Automatic transmission 671 (1480)
Two–wheel drive models
2RZ
–
FE
eng
i
ne
Xtra–cab
Manual transmission 703 (1550)
X
tra–ca
b
Automatic transmission 694 (1530)
5VZ–FE engine Xtra–cab Manual transmission 623 (1375)
Regular cab
Manual transmission 821 (1810)
3RZ–FE engine
R
egu
l
ar ca
b
Automatic transmission 807 (1780)
3RZ
–
FE
eng
i
ne
Xtra–cab
Manual transmission 739 (1630)
Four–wheel drive models
X
tra–ca
b
Automatic transmission 725 (1600)
Xtra–cab
Manual transmission 718 (1585)
5VZ–FE engine
X
tra–ca
b
Automatic transmission 707 (1560)
g
Double cab Automatic transmission 632 (1395)
Regular cab Automatic transmission 909 (2005)
3RZ–FE engine Xtra–cab Automatic transmission 830 (1830)
Pre Runner
g
Double cab Automatic transmission 757 (1670)
5VZ–FE engine
Xtra–cab Automatic transmission 791 (1745)
5VZ
–
FE
eng
i
ne
Double cab Automatic transmission 737 (1625)
Payload
∗
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
285
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
With off–road package kg (lb.)
3RZ–FE engine Xtra–cab Manual transmission 716 (1580)
Four–wheel drive models
Xtra–cab
Manual transmission 696 (1535)
F
our–w
h
ee
l
d
r
i
ve mo
d
e
l
s
5VZ–FE engine
X
tra–ca
b
Automatic transmission 684 (1510)
g
Double cab Automatic transmission 603 (1330)
3RZ–FE engine
Xtra–cab Automatic transmission 814 (1795)
Pre Runner
3RZ
–
FE
eng
i
ne
Double cab Automatic transmission 734 (1620)
P
re
R
unner
5VZ–FE engine
Xtra–cab Automatic transmission 768 (1695)
5VZ
–
FE
eng
i
ne
Double cab Automatic transmission 707 (1560)
∗
: Occupants + luggage
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
286
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Model:
2RZ–FE, 3RZ–FE and 5VZ–FE
Type:
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline
5VZ–FE engine
6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
2RZ–FE engine
95.0 86.0 (3.74 3.39)
3RZ–FE engine
95.0 95.0 (3.74 3.74)
5VZ–FE engine
93.5 82.0 (3.68 3.23)
Displacement, cm
3
(cu. in.):
2RZ–FE engine 2438 (148.8)
3RZ–FE engine 2694 (164.3)
5VZ–FE engine 3378 (206.1)
Fuel type:
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
60 (16.0, 13.3)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner
70 (18.5, 15.4)
ENGINE
Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)
5VZ–FE engine
Intake 0.13—0.23 (0.006—0.009)
Exhaust 0.27—0.37 (0.011—0.014)
Spark plug type:
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
DENSO K16R–U11
NGK BKR5EYA–11
5VZ–FE engine
DENSO K16TR11
NGK BKR5EKB–11
Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
1.1 (0.043)
Engine Fuel Service specifications
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
287
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Drive belt tension measured with Bor-
roughs drive belt tension gauge No.
BT–33–73F (used belt), lbf:
2RZ–FE and 3RZ–FE engines
Generator belt 115 20
Air conditioning compressor belt
100 20
Power steering pump belt
100
+20
–15
5VZ–FE engine
Generator belt 100 20
Air conditioning compressor belt
100 20
Power steering pump belt
100
+20
–15
ENGINE LUBRICATION
Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.
qt.):
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
2RZ–FE engine
With filter 5.5 (5.8, 4.8)
Without filter 4.8 (5.0, 4.2)
5VZ–FE engine
With filter 5.4 (5.7, 4.8)
Without filter 5.1 (5.4, 4.5)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner
3RZ–FE engine
With filter 5.4 (5.7, 4.8)
Without filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1)
5VZ–FE engine
With filter 5.2 (5.5, 4.6)
Without filter 4.9 (5.2, 4.3)
Oil grade:
API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”, SL
“Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC
multigrade engine oil is recommended.
Recommended oil viscosity (SAE):
5W-30 Preferred
Temperature range anticipated before
next oil change
COOLING SYSTEM
Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
With manual transmission
2RZ–FE engine 8.0 (8.5, 7.0)
5VZ–FE engine 9.7 (10.3, 8.5)
With automatic transmission
2RZ–FE engine 7.8 (8.2, 6.9)
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
288
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner
With manual transmission
3RZ–FE engine 8.3 (8.8, 7.3)
5VZ–FE engine 10.1 (10.7, 8.9)
With automatic transmission
3RZ–FE engine 8.2 (8.7, 7.2)
5VZ–FE engine 10.0 (10.5, 8.8)
Coolant type:
“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-
lent
With ethylene–glycol type coolant for a
proper corrosion protection of aluminum
components
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
BATTERY
Open voltage
∗
at 20°C (68°F):
12.6—12.8 V Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V Half charged
11.8—12.0 V Discharged
∗
: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes
after the key is removed with all the
lights turned off
Charging rates:
5 A max.
CLUTCH
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
5—15 (0.2—0.6)
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
2RZ–FE engine 2.6 (2.7, 2.3)
3RZ–FE engine 2.5 (2.6, 2.2)
5VZ–FE engine
Two–wheel drive models
2.6 (2.7, 2.3)
Four–wheel drive models
2.2 (2.3, 1.9)
Oil type:
Gear Oil API GL–4 or GL–5
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W–90
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,
Imp. qt.):
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
Up to 2.4 (2.5, 2.1)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre Run-
ner
Up to 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)
Fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid D–II or
DEXRONIII (DEXRONII)
TRANSFER
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1.0 (1.1, 0.9)
Oil type:
Gear Oil API GL–4 or GL–5
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W–90
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
289
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
DIFFERENTIAL
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Two–wheel drive models except Pre
Runner
2RZ–FE engine 1.35 (1.4, 1.2)
5VZ–FE engine 2.55 (2.7, 2.2)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre
Runner
Front (except Pre Runner)
1.15 (1.2, 1.0)
Rear
Short wheel base
With rear differential lock system
2.65 (2.8, 2.3)
Without rear differential lock sys-
tem
2.55 (2.7, 2.2)
Extra long wheel base
With rear differential lock system
2.95 (3.1, 2.6)
Without rear differential lock sys-
tem
2.45 (2.6, 2.2)
Oil type:
Hypoid Gear Oil API GL–5
Recommended oil viscosity:
Front
SAE 75W–90
Rear
Above –18C (0F)
SAE 90
Below –18C (0F)
SAE 80W or 80W–90
CHASSIS LUBRICATION
Wheel bearings:
Lithium base wheel bearing grease,
NLGI No.2
Front drive shaft thrust bushings:
Synthetic oil and lithium soap base
chassis grease, NLGI No.1
Propeller shafts:
Spiders
Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI
No.2
Slide yoke and double cardan joint
Molybdenum–disulfide lithium base
chassis grease, NLGI No.2
BRAKES
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with a pressure of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
when the engine is stopped and after de-
press the brake pedal several times, mm
(in.):
105 (4.1)
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake adjustment when pulled with
the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):
12—18 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
STEERING
Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII
or III
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
290
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Engine compartment (without daytime run-
ning light system)
Fuses (type A)
1. HEAD (RH) 10 A: Right–hand headlight
2. HEAD (LH) 10 A: Left–hand headlight
3. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light
system
4. HEAD (HI RH) 10 A: Right–hand head-
light (high beam), high beam indicator
light
5. HEAD (HI LH) 10 A: Left–hand head-
light (high beam)
6. HEAD (LO RH) 10 A: Right–hand
headlight (low beam)
Tires
Tire size
Tire pressure
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Wheel size
Front Rear
P205/75R15 97S 200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29)
P225/75R15 102S 180 (1.8, 26) 200 (2.0, 29)
16 61/2JJP235/55R16 96T 200 (2.0, 29) 220 (2.2, 32)
15 7J
15 7JJ
P265/70R16 111S 180 (1.8, 26) 180 (1.8, 26)
16 7J
16 7JJ
15 6J
15 6JJ
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):
110 (11.5, 83)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels),
see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions” in Sec-
tion 7–2.
∗
1
: Double cab models
∗
2
: Regular cab and Xtra–cab models
P265/70R16 111T 180 (1.8, 26)
180 (1.8, 26)
∗
1
200 (2.0, 29)
∗
2
16 7JJ
Fuses
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
291
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Engine compartment (with daytime run-
ning light system)
7. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A: Left–hand head-
light (low beam)
8. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, licence plate
lights
9. A.C 10 A: Air conditioning system
10. FOG 15 A: No circuit
11. DOME 15 A: Car audio system, interior
light, clock, personal lights, door cour-
tesy light, day time running light sys-
tem, gauges and meters
12. OBD 7.5 A: On–board diagnosis sys-
tem
Instrument panel
13. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
14. ALT–S 7.5 A: Charging system
15. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlet
16. ECU–IG 15 A: Cruise control system,
anti–lock brake system, automatic
transmission shift lock system, SRS
airbag system
17. TURN 10 A: Turn signal lights, emer-
gency flashers
18. WIPER 20 A: Windshield wipers and
washer
19. 4WD 20 A: A.D.D. control system,
four–wheel drive control system, rear
differential lock system
20. ACC 15 A: Cigarette lighter, clock,
power rear view mirrors, back–up
lights, automatic transmission shift lock
system, SRS airbag system, seat belt
pretensioners, car audio system
21. GAUGE 10 A: Day time running light
system, back–up lights, cruise control
system, rear differential lock system,
electronically controlled automatic
transmission system, starting system,
charging system, air conditioning sys-
tem
22. IGN 7.5 A: Gauges and meters, SRS
airbag system, seat belt pretensioners,
multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
tial multiport fuel injection system
23. ECU–B 7.5 A: SRS warning light, air
conditioning system
24. HORN–HAZ 15 A: Emergency flashers,
horns
25. STA 7.5 A: Clutch start cancel system,
starting system
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
292
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
26. STOP 10 A: Stop lights, high mounted
stoplight, cruise control system, anti–
lock brake system, multiport fuel injec-
tion system/sequential multiport fuel in-
jection system
Fuses (type B)
27. POWER 30 A: Power windows, power
seat
28. J/B 50 A: All components in “POWER”,
“HORN.HAZ”, “STOP” and “ECU–B”
fuses
29. AM2 30 A: Ignition system, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential fuel in-
jection system
30. HEATER 50 A: All components in “A.C”
fuse
31. AM1 40 A: Starting system
Fuses (type C)
32. ABS 60 A: Anti–lock brake system
33. ALT 120 A: All components in “AM1”,
“HEATER”, “A.C”, “TAIL”, “ALT–S” and
“PWR OUTLET” fuses
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
293
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS, UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY
GRADING AND CAMPER INFORMATION
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform tire quality grading 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camper information 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
9
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
294
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately in-
form the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in
addition to notifying Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll–free:
1–800–331–4331).
If NHTSA receives similar com-
plaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of ve-
hicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may ei-
ther call the Auto Safety Hotline
toll–free at 1–800–424–9393 (or
366–0123 in Washington, D.C.
area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.De-
partment of Transportation, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20590. You can also
obtain other information about mo-
tor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
This information has been prepared in ac-
cordance with regulations issued by the
National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
tration of the U.S. Department of Trans-
portation. It provides the purchasers and/
or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire
quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any
questions you may have as you read this
information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger car
tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these
grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum
section width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
Uniform tire quality grading
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
295
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Treadwear—The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and a half (1–1/2) times
as well on the government course as a
tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use, however, and may de-
part significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service prac-
tices and differences in road characteris-
tics and climate.
Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,
B, and C, and they represent the tire’s
ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-
sured under controlled conditions on spe-
cified government test surfaces of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on braking (straight
ahead) traction tests and does not include
cornering (turning) traction.
Temperature A, B, C—The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to de-
generate and reduce tire life, and exces-
sive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a lev-
el of performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of perfor-
mance on the laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for this
tire are established for a tire that is prop-
erly inflated and not overloaded. Exces-
sive speed, underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combina-
tion, can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
This information has been prepared in ac-
cordance with regulation issued by the Na-
tional Highway Traffic Safety Administra-
tion of the U.S. Department of
Transportation. It provides the purchasers
and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on truck–camper
loading. Your Toyota dealer will help an-
swer any questions you may have as you
read this information.
Camper information—
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
296
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
B
A
Rear end of truck bed
Recommended location
for cargo center of
gravity for cargo
weight rating
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner mm (in.)
A B
Regular cab
models
1397
(55.0)
965
(38.0)
Xtra–cab models
2RZ–FE engine
5VZ–FE engine
1372
(54.0)
1397
(55.0)
927
(36.5)
927
(36.5)
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner mm (in.)
A
B
1257
(49.5)
901
(35.5)
The figures given in the illustration indi-
cate the recommended center of gravity
zone.
CAUTION
If a load is too far back, it can cause
dangerous handling. If it is too far
forward, the front axle may be over-
loaded.
Camper center of gravity
Recommended center of
gravity location zone
Cargo weight rating
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner
Regular cab models with full options’
weight of 90 kg (205 lb.)
With 2 occupants
430 kg (950 lb.)
With 3 occupants
375 kg (830 lb.)
—Center of gravity location
—Cargo weight rating and
proper matching
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
297
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Xtra–cab models with full options’
weight of 85 kg (195 lb.)
With 2 occupants in the front
seats and no occupants in the
rear seats
365 kg (815 lb.)
With 3 occupants in the front
seats and no occupants in the
rear seats
365 kg (810 lb.)
With 3 occupants in the front
seats and 2 occupants in the rear
seats
265 kg (590 lb.)
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner
Regular cab models with full options’
weight of 120 kg (265 lb.)
With 2 occupants
500 kg (1100 lb.)
With 3 occupants
465 kg (1025 lb.)
Xtra–cab models with full options’
weight of 125 kg (280 lb.)
Vehicles with off road package
With 2 occupants in the front
seats and no occupants in the
rear seats
340 kg (750 lb.)
With 2 occupants in the front
seats and 2 occupants in the rear
seats
135 kg (300 lb.)
Vehicles without off road package
With 2 occupants in the front
seats and no occupants in the
rear seats
440 kg (975 lb.)
With 3 occupants in the front
seats and no occupants in the
rear seats
370 kg (825 lb.)
With 3 occupants in the front
seats and 2 occupants in the rear
seats
235 kg (525 lb.)
When the truck is used to carry a slide–in
camper, the total cargo load of the truck
consists of the manufacturer’s camper
weight figure, the weight of installed addi-
tional camper equipment not included in
the manufacturer’s camper weight figure,
the weight of camper cargo, and the
weight of passengers in the camper.
The total cargo load should not exceed
the truck’s cargo weight rating and the
camper’s center of gravity should fall with-
in the truck’s recommended center of
gravity zone when installed.
CAUTION
Be careful—overloading can cause
dangerous braking and handling prob-
lems, and can damage your vehicle
and its tires.
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
298
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Gross axle weight rating
Front GAWR Rear GAWR
Secure loose items to prevent weight
shifts that could affect the balance of your
vehicle. When the truck camper is loaded,
drive to a scale and weigh on the front
and on the rear wheels separately to de-
termine axle loads. Individual axle loads
should not exceed either of the Gross
Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of
the axle loads should not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
These ratings are given on the vehicle
Certification Label which is located on the
door latch post on the left side of the
vehicle. See “Your Toyota’s identification”
in Section 2 for the Certification Label
location. If weight ratings are exceeded,
move or remove items to bring all weights
below the ratings.
Gross vehicle weight rating
Not exceed GVWR
GAWR
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner
Front 1000 kg (2200 lb.)
Rear 1135 kg (2500 lb.)
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner
Front 1200 kg (2650 lb.)
Rear 1270 kg (2800 lb.)
GVWR
Two–wheel drive models
except Pre Runner
Regular cab models
1920 kg (4250 lb.)
Xtra–cab models
2040 kg (4500 lb.)
Four–wheel drive models
and Pre Runner
2315 kg (5100 lb.)
If weight ratings are exceeded, move or
remove items to bring all weights below
the ratings.
—Gross axle and vehicle
weight ratings
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)
2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)
Publication No. OM35786U
Part No. 01999-35786
Printed in Japan 01–0109–00
( U)
Quick index
If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 116. . . . . . . .
If your vehicle will not start 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving during break–in period 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas station information
Fuel type:
UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91)
or higher
See page 189 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
Two–wheel drive models except Pre Runner
60 L (16.0 gal., 13.3 lmp. gal.)
Four–wheel drive models and Pre Runner
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)
Engine oil:
API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”, SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC multi-
grade engine oil is recommended.
See page 260 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 264 through 269.
Tire pressure: See page 290.
fU−8
I
Downloaded from www.ManualsFile.com manuals search engine
